Home

2006 Murano Owner`s Manual

1. ccccceceeceteeeteeseeeee 1 53 Air bag warning light ster ctecusceceieee ent 1 54 2 13 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation ccccseceeeeee 4 23 Air conditioner SEFVICE sesser 4 23 4 26 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 26 9 6 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 23 ACAD IM MICTOMITST oc xcotcenctccsearsieorscecececrmcnmnctaetiers 4 26 Alcohol drugs and CrivVinG x cicusitetrnccenencnnenva 5 6 All wheel drive AWD csscsssssessssssesssescsssssssesessees 5 24 All wheel drive AWD LOCK indicator light 2 14 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 9 All wheel drive AWD AWD lock switch SEONG cris cct ce segestre ccc decd eciere terete eter ceeetented 5 25 Anchor point locations Top tether Strap secret cnsecccarsesmrecarseoncenssisconseonstes 1 30 PIG AN A senesan an TEE 4 44 Anti lock Brake System ABS 5 31 Anti lock Brake System ABS waring light 2 10 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 2 Interior appearance CALE eect 7 4 PAE IAS SU easevetstctcd a E R 1 9 Audible reminders s sssssssssssrssssrsresesnennnrnnnsnsnesnonnnnnnns 2 16 Audio operation precautions sssssesessserersrese 4 28 PICO SySte cecccactnsdncccscnecnrcetandatusincdasecadentncusunssin 4 27 Autolight System sssssssssrsseeresresn
2. ON When the switch is in the DOOR position a the light will illuminate when a door is opened When the ceiling light or the map light switch or rear personal light switch is in the ON position the ceiling map rear per sonal and vanity mirror lights will auto matically turn off 30 minutes after the ig nition switch has been turned to the OFF position B To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position CAUTION e Turn off the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery SIC2131 LUGGAGE LIGHT When the switch is in the ON position A the light illuminates while the lift gate is opened When the lift gate is closed the light will turn off When the switch is in the OFF position B the light will turn off VANITY MIRROR LIGHT if so equipped The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the ceiling light or the map light switch or rear personal light switch is in the ON position the ceiling map rear per sonal and vanity mirror lights will auto matically turn off 30 minutes after the ig nition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLin
3. Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION WARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your ve hicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu 9 14 Technical and consumer information ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This in formation is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity
4. 3 Push the door handle request switch or lift gate request switch again within 5 seconds e All doors and the fuel filler door unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once and out side buzzer sounds once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically after push ing the door handle request switch or lift gate request switch unless one of the following op erations is performed within 1 minute e any door is opened e the ignition switch is pushed e the mechanical key or the valet key is inserted into the ignition switch Re lock time can be adjusted or cancelled with the vehicle electronic systems on the monitor see 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems The room light will come on for 30 seconds when the door is unlocked using the request switch The room light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors OPERATING THE ENGINE Ignition switch positions Push in the ignition switch in the range A to B when you turn it LOCK Normal parking position a The ignition switch can only be locked in the A position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed in and turned to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as
5. 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing A in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt systems The circuits moni tored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit satellite sensors crash zone sensors rollover sensors front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact rollover air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring After turning the ignition switch to the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact rollover air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly It must be check
6. After completion of the setting push the BACK button Setting daylight saving time Turn ON or OFF daylight saving time Every time the Daylight Saving Time key is selected the light turns ON and OFF alternately 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems TIME ZONE Selecting the time zone 1 Select the Select Time Zone key The TIME ZONE screen will appear 2 Select one of the following zones depending on the current location e Pacific zone Mountain zone e Central zone e Eastern zone e Atlantic zone e Newfoundland zone After selection the CLOCK SETTINGS screen will appear The GPS time manual time corresponding to the selected zone will be displayed Pacific zone has been set as the initial default setting Beep setting When Beep setting is on indicator light on a beep will sound if any audio button is pushed DAY NIGHT BUTTON To change the display brightness push the DAY NIGHT button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT dis play Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the BACK button is pushed the display will return to the previous display REAR VIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to th
7. GASOLINE ENGINE OIL 5W 30 PREFERRED SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in this NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or the exact equivalents CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubri cant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner sys tem components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idle speed Ignition timing B T D C CO percentage at idle speed Spark plug Spark plug gap Normal Camshaft operation in mm
8. START 4 This position activates the starter motor starting the engine NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NVIS The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered NVIS key it may be due to interference caused by another NVIS key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference 5 10 Starting and driving separate from the registered NVIS key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid inter ference from other devices IGNITION SWITCH Intelligent Key System equipped model The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When turning the ignition switch make sure the selector lever is in the P position If the selector lever is not returned to the P position the ignition switch cannot be moved toward LOC
9. TRIP button oF W N a For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE BACK BUTTON This has two functions e Go back to the previous display cancel If you push the BACK button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 1 1 e Finish setup If you push the BACK button after the setup is completed the setup will start over and the display will return to the climate control or Audio mode and Navigation screen SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition switch to ACC the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the AGREE English or ENTER Fran ais key then push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button this system will not proceed to the next step display If you do not push the button or select the screen key for more than 1 minute on the TRIP SETTING or START UP scre
10. Display key and Display Off key then set the screen to on by pushing the ENTER button Setting Audio or HVAC display Choose the Audio or HVAC Heater and air conditioner key to be displayed at the bottom by using the joystick The audio or HVAC heater air conditioner setting condition will normally appear on the screen To return to the setting screen push the SETTING button or BACK button VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Selective Door Unlock Keyless Remote Response Horn Keyless Remote Response Lights Lock and Unlock Auto Re Lock Time Limin gt Vehicle electronic systems The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will appear when selecting the Vehicle Elec tronic Systems key with the joystick and push ing the ENTER button You can set the various electronic systems operating conditions To set an operating condition select the appli cable item using the joystick and push the ENTER button The indicator light alternately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pushed Indicator light is illuminated ON 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights ill 45 sec Intelligent Key Unlock Response Beep Sound x If so equipped Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Selective door unlock This key can switch the
11. refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism e Move the selector lever to the N Neutral position e When towing two wheel drive CVT model with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking Two wheel drive models brake TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expen Two wheel drive models sive damage to the transmission NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be If it is necessary to tow the vehicle towed with the driving front wheels off the with the rear wheels raised always ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as use towing dollies under the front illustrated wheels e When towing with the front wheels A CAUTION on towing dollies e Turn the ignition key to the OFF e Never tow CVT models with the front ae position and secure the steering wheels on the ground or four wheels In case of emergency 6 13 All wheel drive models All wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION Never tow CVT AWD models with any of the wheels on the g
12. section CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Intelligent Key warning light for Intelligent Key system if SO equipped This light comes on in green when it is possible to turn the ignition switch When the light comes on in red it is not possible to turn the ignition switch e The warning light blinks in red when the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Confirm the location of the key as soon as possible when the warning light blinks in red Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Instruments and controls 2 1 1 while driving the vehicle e The warning light goes off about 10 seconds after the Intelligent Key is brought inside the vehicle Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel re maining in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E LOJ Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning
13. trolled by a transmission control module to pro duce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum ve hicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This M CVT is designed so that the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and shift the selector lever into a driving gear CAUTION 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de A WARNING pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shif
14. 1 twin trip odometer 2 are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips 2 4 Instruments and controls Changing the display Pushing the reset button 3 located on the left side of the meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the reset button for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero Elapsed time driving distance and average speed information is also available Refer to How to use the TRIP button in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio sys tems section later in this manual SIC3033 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into red zone A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range A when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driving conditions CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the h
15. Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor a located on the top left hand side of the instrument panel The photo sensor controls the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown 2 To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the 4 po sition Pull it back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam Battery saver system e When the headlight switch is in the pa or Z position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position e When the headlight switch remains in the pa or D position after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will turn on for 5 minutes when the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position and then turned to the pa or D position CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature automatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the headlight switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery SIC1911 Headlight aiming control if so equipped Depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle and the load it is carrying the headlight axis may
16. Display screen heater air conditioner and audio sys tem section For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving af ter adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated have the TPMS system checked by a NISSAN dealer When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as
17. ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF l GF Il amp GF III e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used for ambi ent temperatures above O F 18 C See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES See Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the inside of the driver side center pillar NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of ve hicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule Information found in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual QUICK REFERENCE Battery P 8 14 Brake fluid P 8 13 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Hood release P 3 24 Seat P 1 2 Seat belt P 1 10 Door lock key P 3 3 Fuel P 3 26 P 9 2 Engine oil P 8 9 Windshield washer fluid P 8 14 Engine coolant P 8 8 Power steering fluid P 8 12 13 Audio system P 4 27 Heater and air conditioner P 4 23 14 Spare tire P 6 4 P 8 41 oO OnN oO OF FP W NY aie 3 YN Oo
18. Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is op erated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is de signed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag system is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF The occupant classification sensor operation can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the sea
19. Infants Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint which fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use Small children Children that are over one year old and weight between 20 Ibs 9 kg and 40 Ibs 18 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommenda tions NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits clo
20. P 1 39 13 Side ventilator P 4 19 14 Headlight aiming control switch P 2 25 15 VDC Vehicle dynamic control off switch P 2 29 or Headlight aiming control P 2 25 16 Steering switch for audio control P 4 43 17 Fuse box cover P 8 23 18 Tilting steering wheel lock lever P 3 28 19 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 39 Horn 14 15 1617 18 22 23 24 25 26 P 2 28 20 Cruise control main set switch P 5 21 21 Ignition switch steering lock P 5 9 P 5 10 92 Heater air conditioner control P 4 23 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 23 Coin box P 2 31 24 Outside mirror remote control P 3 32 25 Cellular phone holder P 2 31 26 AWD lock switch AWD models P 5 24 27 Heated seat switch P 2 28 28 Power outlet cover P 2 30 29 Glove box P 2 33 if so equipped 1 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 0 6 Illustrated table of contents METERS AND GAUGES 1 Tachometer P 2 4 2 Turn signal indicator P 2 27 Hazard indica tor P 2 27 Speedometer P 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 5 Fuel gauge P 2 5 Reset button for trip odometer P 2 4 Warning Indicator lights P 2 9 Odometer Total Twin trip P 2 4 CVT shift position indicator P 5 12 oO O N oO OF KR W SIC3031 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS z7 V PAAT ra 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Power steer
21. Pull the reclining strap and position the seat back at the desired angle D Release the reclining strap after positioning the seat at the desired angle The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seat back may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked 4 amp WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this sec tion After adjustment check to be sure the seat is securely locked Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SSS0228A HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint just pull it up To lower push the lock knob 4 and push the head restraint down To tilt the head restraint 2 push it in the direction required if so equipped To remove the head restraint when folding down the rear seat or using certain
22. TRACK knob SCAN When the SCAN button is pushed while the CD is playing each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop scanning push the SCAN button again CAT FOLDER FF REW When the FOLDER button is pushed while the MP3 WMA CD is playing the folder will forward rewind to the next previous folder CD PLAY button To change CD push the CD play select button 1 to 6 You can select if the CD is inserted om RPT Repeat RDM Random When the RPT RDM button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows Co 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK M 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RDM ry CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the selected discs by the EJECT button push it for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SAA0451 CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface
23. The child could be crushed be tween the adult and parts of the ve hicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and your self Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplemental air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat e NISSAN recommends that the child restraint be installed in the rear seat According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly re strained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child re straint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a three point type seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower An chors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYS TEM later in this section Child restraints for infants and children of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety seats seat belts a
24. These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner seat belt system the supplemental air bag warn ing light will not come on will flash inter mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the illustration pre tensioner seat belt may not function prop erly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual 4 SRS air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors 2 SRS side impact air bag warning label The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side impact air bag sys tems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53
25. When the ra diator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner switch Open all the windows move the heater or air condi tioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the tem perature gauge indication returns to normal Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine WARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands h
26. When the roof is tilted up it will automatically tilt down and then open To close the roof slide the switch to the gt side 2 Sliding position of lid can be chosen according to sliding amount of switch To fully open or close the roof completely move the switch to the S 4 or 4 side Tilting the sunroof To tilt up push the 4 side 8 of the tilt switch When the roof is open it will automati cally close and then tilt up To tilt down the sunroof push the gt side 4 When the roof is open it will automatically close Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected the electri cal supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following re set procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 Keep pushing the tilting switch toward tilt UP 2 After the lid has tilted up gradually it will automatically close all the way then return to normal operation Auto reverse function When closing the sunroof If the control unit detects something caught in Instruments and controls 2 39 the sunroof as it moves to the front or tilts down the sunroof will immediately open backward or tilt up The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC O
27. control Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN all wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive vehicle The Starting and driving 5 7 vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the front wheels when driving on slip pery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this sec tion for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or side ways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent mainte nance may be required See Peri 5 8 Starting and driving odic maintenance in the Service and Maintenance Guide Do not drive continuously on sandy or muddy roads with the front wheels spinning The AWD warning light blin
28. cu in cm rpm degree rom No air Standard Service option in mm 9 8 Technical and consumer information VQ35DE Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 213 45 3 498 1 2 3 4 5 6 See the emission control label on the underside of the hood PLFR5A 1 1 PLFR4A 11 Hot PLFR6A 11 Cold 0 043 1 1 Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regula tions WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Aluminum 18 x 7 1 2JJ 1 38 35 Conventional P235 65R18 104T Tire T165 90D18 107M Spare p Conventional Conventional 33 PSI 230 kPa Pressure cold Spare T type 60 PSI 420 kPa For Canada DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm 187 6 4 767 Overall width in mm 74 0 1 880 Overall height without roof rack rail in mm 66 5 1 689 Overall height with roof rack rail in mm 67 3 1 709 Front tread in mm 64 2 1 630 Rear tread in mm 64 2 1 630 Wheelbase in mm 111 2 2 825 Gross vehicle weight rating Ib kg Gross axle weight rating See the F M V S S certifica tion label on the driver s side Front Ib kg lock pillar Rear Ib kg Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your v
29. gt gt I or K lt for more than 0 5 second to fast tune from high to low or low to high frequencies SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcast ing station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel Station memory operations Eighteen 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT band to the A B and C preset button 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button and keep pushing any of the desired station memory buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 39 case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SATELLITE band encoded within a
30. ssssssssssssssresrrrrrssrsrnrn 8 12 Power Steering SYStOM ccccessccseesseseseeeeesees 5 30 Power WINGOWS we ceytgercirctt erecta teectacescaconeteteenss 2 37 P position selecting warning light 2 13 Pre tensioner seat belt System essees 1 52 Precautions Audio ODelatlONicnratureiecnnceprei weet 4 28 Braking precautions icice ccc ceeccivecnenecurvecs 5 30 Child ES UF UE Sst cates casesescuaresncatocrasennnse denna 1 21 GUNS EGON Ol steccetet ere teeter ate 5 21 Driving SAIC LY ssrin 5 6 Maintenance ciciatersevstevernnteirsteccetntensneniemiaeneenees 8 5 On pavement and offroad driving 5 6 Seat belt USAGC sccessececeeeeeteteeesteeseeteeeeen 1 10 Supplemental restraint system eee 1 39 When starting and driving winieniewi cede 5 2 Push St rtinNg seesinane erae ae ern tere 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CB radio wu 4 44 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test UG Ony ites nna 9 26 Rear center seat belt ssssssssssssrsrrsrerrrrneresrsresrrnnns 1 17 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Rear personal iQ ht 1cccssceictncnctinundiemians 2 42 Rear OWS TOQUE sspears esters rie ceetetesctecteeetientas 2 30 Rear SCALA US EMG ecses secre ewencaretereesieente eects 1 5 Rear view MONnItOT sesseticccrasscestesputaaciecattetaseomvarielaaiens 4 19 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWF Mcgee cairo n R 2 22 Rear window wiper and washer switch s 2 21 Recorders Event data sasssesssisissisrnerrrirnr
31. this section 2 6 Instruments and controls COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped When the compass switch A is pushed the compass display will indicate the direction the vehicle is heading N north E east S south W west If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles SIC0611D Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Push the compass switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will ap pear in the display Find your current location and variance one number on the zone map Push the compass switch until the new zone number appears in the display After you stop pushing the switch in the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction 1 With the display turned on push the com pass switch for 3 seconds until the zone selection comes up a number will be dis played in the mirror compass window 2 Toggle until correct zone is found and relea
32. towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than specified or using improper towing equipment could adversely af fect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions also can affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can af fect engine performance and cause overheating The transmission high fluid temperature protec tion mode which helps reduce the chance of transmission damage could activate and auto matically decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease to 40 to 50 MPH 65 to 80 km h under high load Plan your trip carefully to ac count for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions WARNING Overheating can result in reduced en gine power and vehicle speed Also when the high temperature mode oper ates vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If nec essary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the engine to cool or the transmission t
33. 1 13 THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly Front seat Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks For additional information regarding the rear center seat belt see Rear center seat belt later in this section e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat 1 14 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Front seat 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips
34. 1 year and less than 20 Ib 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint 1 12 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child re straints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system air bag system for the front passenger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section
35. 31 Inside MINON ciatosisanasindete peau aaee A ERNER 3 30 Outside Mirrors sssssessessssrsrssssrerrnrrrrreresrsnsrenrererrns 3 32 N Net Cargo Netiron 2 35 New vehicle DOK H iM exccescescscncestecstactsrnencreustcteceteccts NISSAN advanced air bag System essere NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start cece ceric rca vege rceri eecenes 5 10 GTS aiao ea E AE E eE Ea a Oil Capacities and recommended fuel l b icaMtS ss ccrcssncasiicousesnaise seusesecaavaveoncvestseacsusaevennasnars Changing engine Oll sssessseeeeseeseseeteeieeees Checking engine oil level eeeeeeeeeeee ENGINE Oll Deemer en ae enn ee eee eee eee Engine oil viscosity siucasctntatetuaticrnncacmmannsnittens Outside Mirrors sssssssssesreereseerrsrrsrenreseerrsrtsrenrenrenrsner tnne Overheat If your vehicle overheats s s s Owner s Manual Service Manual order INfOrMAatiOn vo cececccccccccecesssecscccceeceecececsesssensnsaueeseeeucecenesees Parking Brake breakin seirinin Brake check s sssssssessssrsrsesresssrsrerenenenrrrnrenrnrnrnennnee Parking brake operation xccscsiesectassciemmiceucens Parking on hills ssseseesserssssssrerrrisrrrsrsrsrrrn Pedal position ACiUStMOMNE stcciveccnvsenctnexccusucnceccscnrs Phone Car phone or CB radio Power Front seat adjustment scnicrinsescsriinancnnits Power d or IOC seses Power OUtICL cccccccesseecceceeseececeecesneneeseesseneeeeeess 2 30 Power steering fluid
36. 4 37 POWER Volume control Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON and then push the POWER button while the system is off to call up the mode radio tape or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD or tape is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the POWER button turns the system off To turn the radio off push the POWER button Turn the Volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive control Vol ume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO button knob Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt SSV NR when cassette playing To adjust Bass Treble Fader and Balance push the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADE or BALANCE appears in the display Turn the AUDIO knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the Tuning knob also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to right or left To change the NR Dolby mode to OFF or ON turn the Tuning knob to right or left while cas sette tape is playing When Dolby is ON the display indicates the mark Dolby noise reduction is manufactured under
37. 8 9 Changing engine oOil sssesssssessessssrrsrssreresresrsrresens 8 10 Changing engine oil filter eee 8 11 Checking engine coolant level cece 8 8 Checking engine oil level cesses 8 9 Coolant temperature gauge cece 2 5 Engine block heater ccecassccceceteciecectccnseresuenareses 5 36 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling SyYSteM ssssssssssesrererrererrsresrsrerrns 8 8 ENGINE Olliin oiea 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 11 Engine oil VISCOSILY sistccrrecceiyeinimancieemncnnns 9 5 Engine serial NUM ET vociecciecre cere ceetentnndens 9 11 Engine specifications crccisciesecececactecutesesmeseteccnteceas 9 8 If your vehicle overheats sesser 6 11 Starting the engine sssssssessessssrssrerrereeresrsrerresens 5 12 Entry exit function Automatic drive POSIHONG arinta e ated Ea eteemeeee 3 33 Event data recorders ssccccssscseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 27 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 F F M V S S certification label Filter Air cleaner housing filter sses Changing engine oil filter 00 eects Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch Fat Lc ee eer aiar eee eee eee Flat TOWING asoini ieee eddies Floor mat cleaning verte eee eee ire aials Fluid Brake De Peer Peer er eee eer Capacities and recommended fuel NSF CANNES ysccceiatesenenecnsmancornsnenineceesaxecaaeiensiveee OT PU A E A Engine coola
38. BRAKE OF 57 ENGINE AWD SOON The following lights come on briefly and then go off A ABS or Ge e KEY sup We BF S 1 CVT 1 1 1 Anti lock Brake System ABS Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped Low washer fluid warning light P position selecting warning light if so equipped Ny de 5 Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light AWD models Continuously Variable Transmission CVT indicator light mb gE AlG lt Er O m Cruise main switch indicator light If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the elec trical system Have the system repaired promptly Cruise set indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Security indicator light Slip indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indi cator light if so equipped WARNING LIGHTS All wheel drive AWD warning light AWD models The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the revolu tion or radius of the front and the rear wheel Instruments and controls 2 9 differs the warning light will either remain illumi nated or blink See Usi
39. Display Maintenance Notification Reset key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To display the MAINTENANCE NOTICE auto matically when setting trip distance is reached select the Display Maintenance Notification key and push the ENTER button Maintenance Notice Maintenance due for Engine Oil MAINTENANCE NOTICE The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen EN GINE OIL or TIRE ROTATION will be auto matically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is turned OFF e the ignition key is turned ON the next time the vehicle will be driven To return to the previous display after the MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed push the BACK button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen displays each time the key is turned ON until one of the following conditions are met e RESET is selected e Display Maintenance Notification is set OFF e the maintenance interval is set again Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 0 00 i TIRE PRESSURE SAA1321 Tire pressure information if so equipped Pressure indication in psi on the screen indicates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly kk The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does
40. Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Please observe the following precautions 4A WARNING e Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Before driving up or down grades check the road surface for bumps or potholes Be sure to climb a gentle slope and descend a gentle slope e Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward e Many hills are too steep for any ve hicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift ranges while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Be sure to use the engine brake The foot brake performance may be re duced resulting in a possible acci dent Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehic
41. Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum
42. a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and tuned by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements of your ve hicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer check it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine
43. an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not 1 6 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched po sition If they are not completely se cured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop When returning the seatbacks be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat Do not remove the head restraints except when folding down the rear seat or using certain child restraints When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop Reclining
44. and engine overheating WARNING e To avoid being scalded never change ENGINE OIL the coolant when the engine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL di Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick as illustrated and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 6 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks 4 If the oil level is below the L mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recom mended oil through the opening Do not overfill 3 Recheck oil level with dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 CHANGING ENG
45. and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemen tal front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag systems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the ve hicle If you need to dispose of these supplemental systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Ser vice Manual Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 MEMO 1 56 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 2 Instruments and controls Instr ment panel Memereeer ere treet reestr ants ltr SemNpr eT Re nourNeererirrer reece 2 2 Meters and gauges ssssssrsssrssrsrsressrisnsnsnensnnsnsnnnrnennsusnnnnnns 2 3 Speedometer and odometer cscs 2 4 Tachometei ianea aena 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge essees 2 5 Fuel QU OS ass aeccceececepseiceneziciatizanceenacnntenetzeratacdeaseassaneacetst 2 5 Compass
46. be higher than desired If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of the oncoming vehicle The light axis can be lowered with the operation of the switch The larger the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When traveling with no heavy load or on a flat road select position O WARNING Xenon headlights are extremely bright compared to conventional headlights If the xenon headlights hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind shield of oncoming vehicle the driver of these vehicles may have difficulty driv ing because of the brightness Use the headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis See Xenon headlights earlier in this section for additional in formation DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM CANADA ONLY The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with parking brake released The daytime running lights op erate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the pq position The daytime running lights may come on after turning the switch to the OFF position and Instruments and controls 2 25 immediately turning it to the ON position This is not a malfunction The daytime running lights will be turned off when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO only when the headlights are lit or 22 gt posi tion or when the fog light is t
47. belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating prop erly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in good quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the br
48. brak ing L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L position in any other circumstances Shift from the D to S or L position after releasing the accelerator pedal Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal de pressed To move the selector lever depress the brake pedal remove the cover if so equipped using a suitable tool and push the shift lock release button The selector lever can be moved to N Neutral This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged If the selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT Starting and driving 5 15 system as soon as possible Accelerator downshift In D position For rapid passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into lower range depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chan
49. button VOLUME control knob DISP display button 10 PRESET A B C button BR WO ND oO O N O Ol Ve OOO Or AT PRESET TAPE RPT lt ot gt osr l CD ae 11 12 13 14 15 16 PUSH AUDIO Q TUNE RACK CD button RADIO button TAPE EJECT button TAPE button TUNE up down TRACK up down and AU DIO button RPT repeat RDM random button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND CD CHANGER No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active It may take some time to receive dhe activation signal after subscribing to the XM or SIRIUS satellite radio provider After receiving the acti vation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM turn the ignition switch from the LOCK to ACC position to update the channel list Satellite radio is not available in Alaska and Hawaii Audio main operation The tape deck employs a permalloy head which allows for improved reproduction of high fre quency ranges Noise is also greatly reduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR Noise Reduction system The auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range automatically in both radio reception and tape and CD play back Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems
50. can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 lt lt lt lt lt M6 Sixth Use this position for all normal forward driving M5 Fifth For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous M4 Fourth M3 Third and M2 Seconda Use for hill climbing or engine braking on down hill grades M1 First Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than M6 range This reduces fuel economy e When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range e When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range e Moving the selector lever to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession However if this motion is rapi
51. chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress 4 For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e a scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e a sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts e extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip un der these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try
52. child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat The three point seat belt in your ve hicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child re straint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 SS0301B Front facing If you must install a child restraint in the front seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If nec essary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is remove
53. driving be sure the brake warning light goes out WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully en gaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the park ing brake and cause an accident CRUISE CONTROL WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driv ing under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light on the meter panel then blinks to warn the driver If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Starting and driving 5 21 e The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned on while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATOR SET COAST or CANCEL switch To prop erly set the cruise control system perform the preceding steps in the order
54. drugs e Always observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions e Always use the seat belts Refer to Child safety and Child restraints in the Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion for precautions regarding chil dren e Always provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e Always review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures
55. each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 3 Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire 6 6 In case of emergency SCE0751 WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Never use any other part of the ve hicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack This is espe cially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and
56. for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 5 Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the Nissan new vehicle limited warranty 6 For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 7 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 8 Available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer 9 For additional information see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cata lyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not co
57. from defroster foot outlets and side ventilators To turn the system off Push the OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and out side air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 The sensor on the instrument panel helps main tain a constant temperature do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter according to the specified maintenance intervals listed in your Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact a NISSAN dealer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioning system 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer How ever special charging equipment and lubricants are required
58. indicated 5 292 Starting and driving 1 RESUME ACCELERATOR switch 2 SET COAST switch 3 CANCEL switch 4 MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch on The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will come on To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods a Push the CANCEL switch The SET indicator light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out c Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out e lf you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATOR set switch and reset at the cruising speed turn the main switch off once and then turn it on again The cruise control will automatically be can celled if the vehicle slows
59. is pushed the hazard indi cator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode is not neces sary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper ates OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons Switching indicator LOCK UNLOCK for more than 2 seconds to switch a e ea MEATO HAZARD 3times HAZARD twice Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR HAZARD once HAZARD twice only AND HORN HAZARD once HORN once HORN once SPA1397C Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Remove the ignition key 1 2 Close all the doors and fuel filler door 2 3 Push the LOCK button a on the keyfob 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK button on the keyfob is pushed even though a door remains open and or the ignition switch is in the ON position 5 The hazard ind
60. it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag may cause abra sions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front and rear outboard occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain side impact and rollover air bags will remain inflated for a while The suppl
61. malfunction indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control and or CVT malfunction The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least three gallons of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the Siene lamp should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator lamp comes on continuously for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator lamp on steady An emission control system and or CVT mal function has been detected Turn the ignition switch to OFF and check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN d
62. much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Re check the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Front Original Tire Rear Original Tire P235 65R18 104T P235 65R18 104T Spare T165 90D18 420 kPa Tire 107M 60 psi Cold Tire Inflation Pressure 230 kPa 33 psi 230 kPa 33 psi MPLE EXA TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 60R16 94H EXAMPLE 1 Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 5 Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the
63. not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Ve hicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime The key reminder chime sounds if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch and the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime The light reminder chime sounds if the driver s side door is opened while the headlight switch is at either the paz or gt position and the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Make sure to turn the light switch to the OFF or AUTO position when you leave the vehicle Seat belt warning chime The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Intelligent Key door buzzer When the chime or buzzer sounds fro
64. not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature In case of low tire pressure a message FLAT TIRE or CHECK ALL TIRE is displayed on the screen FLAT TIRE Check All Tires WARNING e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems SETTINGS Display Vehicle Electronic Systems System Settings HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The SETTINGS screen will appear when the SETTING button is pushed DISPLAY SETTINGS Brightness Contrast Screen Background e Display Off Lower Display Setting Audio HVAC Display settings The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear when selecting the Display key and pushing the ENTER button Brightness Contrast Screen Background To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness Contrast Screen Background key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the b
65. of the maintenance inter val select the Engine Oil or Tire Rotation key using the joystick and push the ENTER button 0 00 TOIENGINE OIL Driving Distance C Omiles 3750 7500 Maintenance Schedule 4 0 miles gt Display Maintenance Notification To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joy stick and move the joystick to the right or left To reset the maintenance interval select the Reset key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To display the MAINTENANCE NOTICE auto matically when setting trip distance is reached select the Display Maintenance Notification key and push the ENTER button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 following conditions are met Maintenance Notice e RESET is selected e Display Maintenance Notification is set OFF Maintenance due for e the maintenance interval is set again Engine Oil MAINTENANCE NOTICE The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen EN GINE OIL or TIRE ROTATION will be auto matically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is turned OFF e the ignition key is turned ON the next time the vehicle will be driven To return to the previous display after the MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed
66. operation POWER Volume control Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON and then push the POWER button while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off When no CD is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the POWER button turns the system off To turn the radio off push the POWER button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 33 Turn the Volume control knob to adjust the volume AUDIO button knob Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt BASS To adjust Bass Treble Fader and Balance push the AUDIO button until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADE or BALANCE appears in the display Turn the AUDIO knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the Tuning knob also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers After 10 seconds the radio or CD display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display appears Display text To indicate the text push the AUDIO knob during CD or satellite radio playing BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt Display mode To change the indicated text in display mode turn the tuning knob within 2
67. possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could resu
68. push the BACK button 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen displays each time the key is turned ON until one of the 0 00 TIRE PRESSURE SAA1321 Tire pressure information if so equipped To view TIRE PRESSURE information push the TRIP button repeatedly until the MAINTE NANCE screen is displayed Select TIRE PRESSURE using the joystick and push the ENTER button k k Pressure indication in psi on the screen indicates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature In case of low tire pressure a message is displayed on the screen FLAT TIRE low tire air pressure WARNING e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS SETTINGS Display Vehicle Electronic Sy
69. radio mode will be skipped or NO SAT will be displayed unless the optional sat ellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service sub scription is active Satellite radio performance may be effected if cargo carried on the roof rack blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite radio antenna AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Cassette player e To maintain good quality sound NISSAN recommends using cassette tapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length e Cassette tapes should be removed from the player when not in use Store cas settes in their protective cases and 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems away from direct sunlight heat dust moisture and magnetic sources Direct sunlight can cause the cassette to become deformed The use of deformed cassettes may cause the cassette to jam in the player Do not use cassettes with labels which are peeling and loose If used the label could jam in the player If a cassette has loose tape insert a pencil through one of the cassette hubs and rewind the tape firmly around the hubs Loose tape may cause tape jam ming and wavering sound quality Over a period of time the playback head capstan and pinch roller may col lect a tape coating residue as the tape is played This residue accumulation can cause weak or wavering sound and should be removed periodically wit
70. regu lar radio broadcast Currently most RDS sta tions are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display e Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 e Station name such as The Groove e Music or programming type such as Classi cal Country or Rock e Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed CAT Category CAT When the CAT button is pushed for less than 0 5 second the AM FM Satellite radio frequen cies Category will move to the next previous step Category Push and hold the button for more than 0 5 second to move quickly through the steps Categories Cassette tape player operation Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON and then lightly insert the cassette tape into the tape door The cassette tape will be automatically pulled into the player The radio or CD will turn off if it is on and the cassette tape will begin to play CAUTION Do not force the cassette tape into the tape door This could damage the player If the system is turned off by pushing the POWER button with the cassette tape still in the player the tape will resume playing when the system is turned back on PLAY e When the TAPE button is pushed with the system turned off and a tape loaded the system will come on and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed wit
71. searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval be tween programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location FF REW tape or CD Push the tuning switch xy or MA for more than 1 5 seconds to rewind or fast forward the tape or to change the playing disc up or down To stop the FF or REW function push the vv or M _ button for less than 1 5 seconds again Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 43 Removing the antenna You can remove the antenna if necessary Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclockwise CAUTION e Be sure that antenna is removed be fore the vehicle enters an automatic car wash e Be sure to fold down the antenna before the vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling ANTENNA Placing the antenna You can adjust the antenna positions manually 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the Engine control system and other electronic parts WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a c
72. so equipped SIC1881 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system ON for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The in dicator light will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle Instruments and controls 2 29 dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Start ing and driving section 2 30 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET SIC3071 The power outlet is for powering electrical ac cessories such as cellular telephones 4 Located beside the glove box if so equipped Pull down the cover to open 2 Located inside the console box Pull to remove the cover to open 3 Located the side of the luggage room if so equipped Pull up the cover to open CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot dur ing or immediately after use This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use only one power outlet at a t
73. speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the 2 Instruments and controls section Tire pressure information in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio sys tems section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud 6 2 In case of emergency den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving af ter adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSA
74. supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light re Instruments and controls 2 13 mains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning flashes intermittently light e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Restraint System and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see Supplemental restraint system in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemen tal side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt system will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible 2 14 Instruments and controls INDICATOR LIGHTS All wheel drive AWD LOCK indicator light AWD models This light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to ON a
75. the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be prop erly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front Pas senger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag in flates Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of SS0132B the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact and rollover air bags in flate if they are not properly re strained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN advanced air bag system never install a rear fac ing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 eB 5 ae 1 42 Safety seats seat belts and sup
76. the child in it Push it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 22 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see Child restraint installation on front passen ger seat later in this section for details e When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT OUTBOARD OR CENTER POSITIONS WARNING e The three point seat belt in your ve hicle is equipped with a locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to use the automatic locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision e When
77. the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the keyfob Opening the front window Push the UNLOCK button 8 on the keyfob The driver s door will unlock Continue to push the UNLOCK button for 3 seconds The driver s and front passenger s windows will be lowered Continue to push the UNLOCK button until windows are fully open To stop lowering the windows release the UN LOCK button To start lowering the windows push the UN LOCK button again for 3 more seconds This function will operate after the ignition switch is off and 45 seconds passed or either the front door is opened Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 30 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 30 seconds or e The LOCK or the UNLOCK button is pushed or e The panic button is pushed on the keyfob for more than 0 5 seconds Battery replacement See the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for battery replacement INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Key uses coded radio signals to communicate with the vehicle When the In
78. the wheel as the ve hicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools Pull up the floor cover and hang the strap A to upper body 8 as illustrated Remove the under tray if so equipped In case of emergency 6 3 7 A 1 IA i SCE0434 Type A Type B Type A Type B Pull up the floor cover 1 as illustrated and remove the jack and tools Turn the retainer counterclockwise 4 and re Turn the retainer counterclockwise 1 remove ve move the spare tire the subwoofer 2 and remove the spare tire 6 4 In case of emergency SCE0446A Removing wheel cap if so equipped To remove the wheel cap use the jack rod as illustrated Apply the cloth 2 between the wheel cap and jack rod to prevent damaging CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps or wheel covers Doing so could result in personal injury SCE0435A Jack up point Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated above so that top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown In case of emergency 6 5 The jack should be used on level firm ground 2 Loosen
79. times WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the wind shield CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reser voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 Low ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 8 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times 4A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision Warm the rear window with the defro
80. tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX EXAMPLE 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identi fication mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number
81. to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an 1 10 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0136A accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is se curely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same belt Never carry more people in the ve hicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indi cate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system compo nen
82. tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as nesessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious per sonal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Impor tant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headli
83. unlock doors of the 1st unlocking operation as follows ON Only the driver side door lt OFF All the doors VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Keyless Remote Response Horn This key changes the horn chirp mode that occurs when pushing the LOCK button on the keyfob or the Intelligent Key Keyless Remote Response Lights This key changes the hazard indicator flash mode that occurs when pushing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob or the Intelligent Key Even if you change the horn chirp or the hazard flash with the keyfob or the Intel ligent Key the change may not be re flected in the display Use the keyfob or the Intelligent Key to return to the previ ous mode Auto Re Lock Time The length of the auto door re lock time can be set Select the Auto Re Lock Time key then move the joystick and push the ENTER button to adjust the time Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights Automatic light illumination can be set as de sired Select the Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights key then move the joystick to the left lower or right higher Automatic Headlights Off Delay You can control how long it takes the automatic turn off timer to extinguish the headlights in the AUTO position Select the Automatic Headlights Off Delay key then move the joystick to the left or right to adjust the timer Intelligent Key Lock Response Sound if so equipped The sound pattern
84. when servicing your NISSAN air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Capacities and rec ommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air con ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recom mendations A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system WARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equip ment AUDIO SYSTEM Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON and push the power on switch to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external in fluences Intermittent changes in reception qual ity normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio recep tion These circuits are designed to extend re ception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general charact
85. with the Intelligent remote keyless entry system see Operation with intelligent remote keyless entry system later in this section or vehicle electronic systems on the monitor see 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 1 Doors lock with the door handle request switch or lift gate request switch while a mechanical or valet key is in the ignition switch or the ignition switch is pushed in 2 Doors lock with the door handle request switch or lift gate request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position 3 Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or lift gate request switch while any door is open A beep sounds to warn you However doors lock with the metal key even if any door is open 4 Doors do not lock with door handle request switch or lift gate request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch or lift gate request switch once Driver s side e The driver door and fuel filler door unlock Front passenger side or lift gate e Only corresponding door unlocks 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side buzzer sounds once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position
86. 0 cai This results in improved driving stability 1 LOCK All wheel drive 2 3 AWD LOCK For driving on rough roads Gascon For driving on paved or slippery When the rotation difference between the front and rear wheels is large the AWD mode may change from AUTO to LOCK for a while however this is not a malfunction LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle is accelerated or the vehicle speed is over approximately 10 km h 6 MPH The AWD LOCK indicator light does not go off LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle has been driven for a high speed The AWD LOCK indicator light goes off LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the AWD LOCK switch is operated while accelerating or decelerating or if the ignition switch is turned off you may feel a jerk This is normal The oil temperature of power train parts will increase if the vehicle is continuously operated under conditions where the difference in rotation between the front and rear wheels is large wheel slip such as when driving the vehicle on rough roads through sand mud or freeing a stuck vehicle In these cases the AWD warning light blinks rapidly and the AWD mode changes to 2WD condition to protect the power train parts If you stop driving with the engine idling and wait until the warning light stops blinking the AWD returns to the AUTO mode 5 26 Starting an
87. 2 Instruments and controls HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink ing or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer Ty
88. 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 29 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch Trip odometer reset button Instrument brightness control switch Meters gauges Windshield rear window wiper and washer switch Hazard warning flasher switch Center ventilator Audio control Display clock Rear window defroster and Heated outside mirror switch Display screen control and or Navigation system 1 Passenger supplemental air bag Side ventilator Headlight aiming control switch VDC Vehicle dynamic control off switch or Headlight aiming control Steering switch for audio control Fuse box cover Tilting steering wheel lock lever Driver supplemental air bag Horn Cruise control main set switch Ignition switch steering lock Heater air conditioner control Coin box Outside mirror remote control Cellular phone holder AWD lock switch AWD models Heated seat switch Power outlet cover Glove box If so equipped 1 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual METERS AND GAUGES n epp m Tachometer Turn signal indicator Hazard indicator Speedometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge SIC3031 Reset button for trip odometer Warning Indicator lights Odometer Total Twin trip CVT shift position indicator oO O NO Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer
89. 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it 4A WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 min utes and seek medical attention Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after han dling Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the bat tery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Keep the battery out of the reach of children DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL lines If the side of the battery is not visible the electrolyte level can be checked through each filler opening as illustrated If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under sev
90. 8 38 Changing wheels and tires sessies 8 39 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your Service and Mainte nance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on a NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks require minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer
91. CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and num ber of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time be If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the fore the music starts playing music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not Music cuts off or skips ae ae a match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by when p
92. EE OWNER S MANUAL COMPACT SPARE TIRE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES D TALS SE REPORTER AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR ROUE COMPACTE DE SECOURS PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS T XXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI Tire and loading information label 1 Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1574C 2 Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION TIRE ORIGINAL SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT 4 PNEU TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS SEE OWNERS nol Se etc u p to th e ve h IC es een P XXX XXR XX INFORMATION GVWR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOAL X POUR D AUTRES os AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section The combined weight of occupants RE and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs DE SECOURS Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT 4 NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of o
93. FF or LOCK position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof occurs If the auto reverse function malfunctions and repeats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing toward the close position or keep push ing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens then the sunroof will fully close gradu ally In this case make sure nothing is caught in the sunroof WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in 2 40 Instruments and controls side the vehicle before closing the sunroof Sun shade Open or close the sun shade by sliding it backward or forward The shade will open automatically when the sunroof is opened However it must be closed manually Comfortable position Depending on the driving speed and air recircu lating conditions wind noise may occur when the sunroof is fully opened Closing the sunroof one step toward the front position A from full open will decrease the wind noise WARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the ve hicle is in motio
94. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available for you READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and main tenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e Never drive under the influence of alcohol or
95. INE OIL Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance log shown in the Service and Main tenance Guide 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Place a large drain pan under the drain plug a under the body Remove the oil filler cap B inside the engine compartment Remove the drain plug A with a wrench and completely drain the oil If oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See later in Engine oil for changing engine oil filter CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations 7 Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug witha wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and in stall the cap securely CAUTION Never pull out the oil level gauge while filling engine oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity de pends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for ref
96. ING Do not start the engine from outside the vehicle through the window Doing so could lead to an accident and injury Be sure to sit in the driver s seat to use the key For important safety information see Starting the engine in the 5 Starting and driving section e When the ignition switch is pushed under the following conditions the key warning light in the instrument panel comes on in red It is not possible to turn the ignition switch when e you do not have the Intelligent Key with you e the Intelligent Key battery has run down e you have a Intelligent Key for another vehicle with you e Slowly turn the ignition switch after the key warning light comes on in green If it is turned quickly it may stick and be difficult to turn e The engine may not start if the Intelligent Key is placed e inside the glove box or the door pocket e on the instrument panel e in the corner of interior compartment e If it is difficult to turn the ignition switch perform the following e Push the ignition switch again and slowly turn it left and to the right e Turn the ignition switch while gently turn ing the steering wheel to the left or right Stopping the engine 1 Shift the selector lever to the P position 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position WARNING When you leave the vehicle be sure to observe the following e Shift the selector lever to P In other positions the ignition
97. K When the ignition switch cannot be turned toward the LOCK position while keeping the Intelligent Key proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P position 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from P position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is de pressed There is an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn counterclock wise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position To unlock the steering wheel push the ignition switch in and turn it gently while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left If the battery of the vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is discharged the ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position even using the me chanical key or valet key WARNING Never turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS Push in the ignition switch to the position when you turn it LOCK No
98. Key system See remote keyless entry SySteM ccecsseseeee 3 5 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY eiicttes actuated A T 9 10 Trouble shooting guide for Intelligent Key So Ee ee ee E S eee 3 19 Troubleshooting guide for Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 32 Troubleshooting guide for voice activated control SY SHS fsecaisciecactsizscceseesdacsatecatnaessieseeeretesatin 4 32 Turn signal indicator NG AT veceteevescecrc essere cseautceccceuctees 2 16 Turn signal switch ssssessssesesssrsnsreresrsrerrrrrenrnrrrerenrerens 2 27 U Underbody cleaning sssssssssssssrsrssrsnesrornrrersnrsnsnesnsnesnrnns 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading sesser 9 24 V Vaccum assisted brake ssssssssssissrsisriererrsrrrsrernees 5 30 Valet key for Intelligent Key system 3 23 Vanity mirror light sssssssssssssresreresrrsnnurennenrsrnnrenrernnrrenns 2 43 Vehicle Dimensions and weights ceccssseeeeeees 9 9 Identification number VIN 9 10 Loading INfOrmMaliOn wz ciccccticesateciennniann 9 14 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 MCCUMILY SYSTEM eaniedron oa 2 17 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator lonte ee terrane ert cer eee 2 16 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 32 Vehicle electronic SYStOIMS cssscee 4 7 4 16 Ventilators sinrin tenet 4 21 WwW Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 53 Warning light Air b
99. N dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the selector lever into P Park position 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is se curely applied and the selector lever is shifted into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for pro fessional road assistance MCE0001A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel 4 diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block
100. NING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your pas senger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Front Push the cup holder opener button A to open The flap 8 will be folded down when inserting a bigger container Pull up the inner tray as illustrated to remove for cleaning Rear Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal GLOVE BOX To open the glove box pull the handle a To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock 2 or unlock 4 the glove box use the master key mechanical key Intelligent Key sys tem or wallet key WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Instruments and controls 2 33 CONSOLE BOX WARNING The center console box should not be 2 34 Instruments and controls used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Push the button A to open the upper console box lid The partition can be removed Pull up the button 8 to open the lower console box lid Push the button and adjust the armrest to the desired position SIC3171 DOOR POCKETS The door pockets are loc
101. ON the system will not activate Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors locked and ignition switch off Turn the ignition switch to ACC to turn the system off Vehicle security system operation The security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently 2 18 Instruments and controls e The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be stopped by unlock ing a door with the key by pushing the UNLOCK button on the remote keyless entry or pushing the request switch The alarm is activated by e Opening the door including the lift gate without using the key remote keyless entry or pushing the request switch How to stop alarm The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door with the key by pushing the UNLOCK button on remote keyless entry or pushing the request switch when carrying the Intelligent Key with you The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered NISSAN V
102. R or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label LOADING TIPS There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of con trol and cause personal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances This may cause a premature tire fail ure which could result in a seri ous accident and personal in jury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty PAYLOAD WEIGHT CAPACITY The payload weight capac
103. S Language Unit Beep Setting System settings Language Unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and pushing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button CLOCK SETTINGS Hours Minutes Clock Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and move the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step After completion of the setting push the BACK button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 DAY NIGHT BUTTON To change the display brightness push the DAY NIGHT button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT dis play Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the BACK button is pushed the display will return to the previous display Pushing the DAY NIGHT button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds will turn the display off 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM Lo Jeja rt A 2 BACK P gt SETTING TRIP T DAY NIGHT button BACK button Joystick and ENTER button SETTING button
104. UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR and horn buzzer MODE mode HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN BUZZER MODE Hazard indicator mode Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems For buzzer operation refer to the following chart In hazard indicator and horn buzzer mode when the LOCK button A is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once refer to the operation guide chart for the Intelligent Key request switch mode When the UNLOCK button B is pushed the hazard indi cator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode is not neces sary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure Switching indicator Entry manner LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key HAZARD 3 times HAZARD twice Door handle request switch lift gate request switch HAZARD once LOCK UNLOCK button HAZARD twice on the Intelligent Key HORN once UNLOCK No operation HAZARD once HORN once Door handle request switch HAZARD twice HAZARD once lift gate request switch OUTSIDE BUZZER twice OUTSIDE BUZZER once In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK button A is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button 8 is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper ates Switching procedure Push the LOCK a and UNLOCK 8
105. USTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact our NISSAN s Consumer Affairs Department us ing our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena California 90248 0191 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre drivin
106. VIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur faces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible Appearance and care 7 5 CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other l
107. WHEELS AND TIRES TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and con trols section Tire pressure information in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section Tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label and or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Inflation Pressure head ing The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to t
108. Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load pas sengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occu pants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage Example weight Examples are shown below j Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Luggage Trailer Tongue Weight RR OS a Occupants Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg 150lbx2 300lb 30lbx2 60lb 300 lb 70kg 135kg 14kg 27kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage cargo and luggage rT load capacity 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x2 60 Ib 1 040 Ib 70 kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg 472 kg Remaining availa
109. a 2 33 Gonsole DO seene re eta trre ran err rere tear 2 34 DOOr 610 0 o Koger rere errr ror nr teres rere et eterna eer ere tw r 2 35 Cargo net if SO equipped ssssseseseseseseeeseeeeees 2 35 Tonneau Cover if SO CQUIPPE ssessesssesesesseseeeees 2 36 NVC OW E E E E OE E 2 37 Power WING OWS igen este tereciescateasdeneeecentinccbae inns asticeepecccane 2 37 Sunroof if SO equipped sssssessssesesessestsstseeseseeseseeseeess 2 39 Automate SOI OOM csecssgecse te sect eet ater onanii 2 39 interior SOS sissien iga 2 41 eiling MOT sssini oen 2 41 Map igisa arenes 2 42 Rear personal igDlarersasrmirs a 2 42 Bijele eta oma ai penne A A erent Ter 2 43 Vanity mirror light if SO equipped ssessesecsesteseseseeeees 2 43 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped 2 43 Programming Home Link oacccccsssssscssssssssssssssssssssssseeeee 2 44 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CU SUNS S ceri tn cde aadaan te bnasausaeceserdecweamens 2 46 Operating the HomeLink Universal WARS I SP sumera 2 46 Programming trouble diagnosis cceeceeeeeeeeeees 2 46 Clearing the programmed information 2 46 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 46 If your vehicle IS StOlON scacserccsctscccessceveretectssuecccetaveccenns 2 47 INSTRUMENT PANEL ERRA ODNO 10 2 2 Instruments and controls 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 14 15 1617 18 22
110. a place where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelli gent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a tele vision set or personal computer Do not place the Intelligent Key in a storage area for example a door pocket or glove box It could be dam aged or activated unexpectedly e Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and be careful not to let the key be washed in a washing machine This could affect the system function e If an Intelligent Key or the mechani cal key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For infor mation regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION After locking with the door handle request switch pull the door handle and make sure the doors are securely locked After locking with the lift gate request switch push the lift gate opener switch and make sure the doors are securely locked To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors You can lock or unlock the doors and the fuel filler door using only the door handle request switch which detects the Intelligent Key When you try t
111. acities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB ai coiceetecsrete al ceceereees 4 44 Cargo See vehicle loading information 2 35 Oo fs all elo eee ener mene ee ence eter mer terre 2 35 Cassette player See audio system 4 40 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 CD care and cleaning ties eerendeeree ects 4 42 Ceiling lig g emer ee eer re eee 2 41 Cellular phone holder cscecscecceseeesseseeeseseeeeees 2 31 Charge warning WU cre costs ce ceae trae eee euteretes 2 11 Child restraints sssessseseesresresrsreerrsrerresrerrsrrrresrenrens 1 21 Booster Seals ensien 1 34 Installation on rear seat outboard or center PO SIE ONS perisis sasctesoyseeesararesuncenctbetenecovencenanareses 1 23 LATCH SYSTEM srs 1 28 Precautions on child restraints 1 21 Top tether strap ssrnociinessiii a 1 29 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 30 Child Saio Y E cian ticavaniueies 1 12 Child safety rear door lOCK sssssesssssesresessrrrsreeresrsnnes 3 5 Chimes Audible reminderS s sesesssersrerersrrerrersrrrrrereseen 2 16 Seat belt warning light and chime se 2 13 Circuit breaker Fusible link vo cscs 8 23 Cleaning exterior and interior s es 7 2 7 4 ClOCKeisniin iana 4 4 4 9 4 18 CoN DOX auaina eee eee 2 31 Cold weather driving ss sesseesrssrsrserrsrerreseersrrrrsreeeees 5 34 Compact Disc CD changer See audio SYS M e ecaetioac tecbitascen sense 4 41 Compact Disc CD pl
112. acking systems are available at auto sup ply stores and specialty shops A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection fea tures The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed SIC2045 How to activate the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be activated even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch e Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position or remove the mechanical key from the ignition switch Intelligent Key equipped model 3 Close and lock all doors Lock all doors by pushing the LOCK button Instruments and controls 2 17 on the remote keyless entry pushing the request switch Intelligent Key equipped model or using the key When using the remote keyless entry system or the request switch the hazard indicators will operate as shown in Remote keyless entry system or Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 4 Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light in the meter comes on The SECURITY indica tor light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now activated If during this 30 second time period the door is unlocked by the key the remote keyless entry request switch or the ignition switch is turned to ACC or
113. ag warning light 1 54 2 13 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 9 Anti lock Brake System ABS waring he aa E E E E T ere oe mr 2 10 AWD Warring MGM sce cccsccetsctcte crisis erence 5 27 Brake warning light cccsssceeeeeeeeees 2 10 Charge warning light eres ci ecuseteceeeettcerenceel tence 2 11 Door open warning light ssseeeeeee 2 11 Engine oil pressure warning light essees 2 11 Intelligent Key warning light 2 11 Low fuel warning light cetera cteacciccemeties 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light nsss 2 12 Low washer fluid warning light neess 2 13 P position selecting warning light 2 13 Seat belt warning light and chime 4 2 13 Warning NA Sc cece ee eet reeset 2 9 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 27 Warning Tire pressure monitoring system IPMS e cheat eee eee eeeceeee tee 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible 210g 9 eh s cae ener ere ener rere reeves eee rere ree te 2 9 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 25 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 21 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 20 Washing eseas ena ina ennanetlet 7 2 Waxing nena ae eee ner ne eee re een 7 2 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 9 Wheel tire SIZ isrccincsesarcaiarianetemntirtecnnienseens 9 9 Wheels and tires as sciiexiviexattncscexestecect ccanernesennstervarterses 8 30 Cleaning aluminum allo
114. age caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and cor rosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers 10 Index A ABS Anti lock brake SySt mM cs sssssssssesseseens 5 31 Adjusting pedal POSIIOMdcisccsctsteeseececatteenntest 3 29 Aiming control HeadlightS sssssesseseeresrsrsrsrrnn 2 25 Air bag system Front passenger air bag and status e ener ene eee eer ar ne eae eee 1 47 Air bag warning labels
115. ain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system by opening the drain plug located under the radiator Refill before operating the vehicle See Engine cool ing system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used if desired Make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use of tire chains may be p
116. aint system Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 section and Pedal position adjustment and Outside mirrors earlier in this section 3 Turn the ignition ON 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a remote keyless entry to a stored memory position A remote keyless entry can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory posi tion 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 seconds push the unlock button on the remote keyless entry The indicator light will blink After the indicator light goes off the remote keyless entry is linked to that memory setting 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments With the key removed from the ignition switch push the unlock button on the keyfob The driver s seat pedals Brake and Accelerator and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not bee
117. air jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in drive belt or cooling fan e The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant tempera ture is high 7 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest NISSAN dealer In case of emergency 6 1 1 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State provincial and local regulations for towing must be fol lowed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are generally familiar with the appli cable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies 6 12 In case of emergency must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV
118. air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating posi tions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a while These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel door finishers and side roof rails See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 gt SS A A SNS SY 4A WARNING e The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Al ways wear your sea
119. ake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level on the dipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately locate the trouble and correct it See Precautions when starting 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level in the reservoir tank with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation deterioration or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive subs
120. ake sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes pol ishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based clean ers as they may damage the natural 7 4 Appearance and care leather finish e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to c
121. al on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such ob jects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag sys tem Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Work on and around the supplemen tal front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installa tion of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized elec trical test equipment and probing de Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 vices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy iden tification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sections in this Owner s Manual G Supplemental side ai
122. all while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 45 MEMO 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving eesse 5 2 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide ssccssseseseseseeeseees 5 2 Three way catalySt sesssssssssssrsrsnssnsnsnsnsnnensnsnnnnnrenensnnne 5 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS fso sguipped secmoerroaian 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover ssssssssssssssrsrsrssss 5 5 On pavement and offroad driving precautions AWD joecass oe 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 6 Driving safety precautionS esessrsssssersrsrsrsrsrsrsrennnns 5 6 Ignition switch Except for Intelligent Key equipped Ode eare A 5 9 Key POSION sisena E 5 9 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS 5 10 Ignition switch Intelligent Key System equipped madel aomen e yan anclen acsegeusetseaieeneeie 5 10 Ignition switch positions ssssssessssssssrsersrsrsisrssrsrsrsnnnnsns 5 11 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS 5 12 Before starting the engine ccc
123. anada in the Warranty Information Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheel sidewalls to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 4A WARNING The spare tire should be used for emergency use only It should be re placed with the standard tire at the first opportunity to
124. and passenger compartment fuse boxes that use only type fuses Other ve hicles are equipped with type A fuses in the engine compartment fuse box and type 8 fuses in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type a fuses can be installed in the engine compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 HAEE HHS FEEL amp Ly n i J If a type A fuse is used to replace a type fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 2 3 4 5 Be sure the ignition switch and headlight switch are OFF Open the engine hood Remove the fusible link cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system
125. are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child re strains and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip Or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occu pants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated 1 48 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be th
126. as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Make sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger and rear seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode When the locking mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see Child SSS0291A Rear seat restraints later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front passen ger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section WARNING e When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are com pletely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely se cured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in
127. at the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or is not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly In rare cases the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though the air bag is OFF If such situations happen properly position and restrain the occupant or child restraint Other wise reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If you have any questions about whether your passenger air bag is working as designed your NISSAN dealer can confirm that it is working properly by using a special tool The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will change from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gau
128. ated on the driver s and front passenger s doors The door pocket open ing can be expanded to make it easier to store and retrieve items Items stored in the door pocket should not be larger than the door pocket opening in its closed position Make sure that the item does not hold the door pocket in the open position CAUTION Do not store items in the door pocket that are larger than the opening in the closed position Do not force the door pocket closed if an item holds the door pocket in the open position Doing so may damage the door pocket OO ss 9 4 09 4 O55 5050550558 KKK Sees CSSS SA OCON 0 poems ne 27 a CARGO NET if so equipped The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers A on both sides To remove the cargo net detach the hooks from the cargo net retainers For more retainers refer to Vehicle loading information in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Instruments and controls 2 35 WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured 2 36 Instruments and controls TONNEAU COVER if so equipped The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compart me
129. avoid possible tire or differential damage Drive carefully while the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheel and the original tire used on the front wheels drive 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the Original tire ground clearance is re duced To avoid damage to the ve hicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may ge
130. ay of the tire pressure infor mation may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressurizes as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system malfunction In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the e The spare tire is designed for emer instructions and precautions below must be ai gency use See specific instructions followed under the heading Wheels and tires R in the Maintenance and do it A WARNING l yourself section of this manual An ma e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle A e Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery AU j a P 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle e Do not allow battery fluid to come e Claseanetborauercr into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution A WARNING which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with e Always make sure that the spare tire anything immediately flush the con and jacking equipment are properly tacted area with water secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles i
131. ayer See audio E ONEAN AA I ne I E E AAA 4 35 Compass display sssssssssrssssersresresrerrerrrnerresnerrererrnsrennes 2 6 Console cag ctr cette ct oecloees eerie 2 34 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT mdicator lig UN ete tent etree cette e EERE 2 14 Control panel buttons models with navigation SSN T E E cae rca AE E E T 4 11 Control panel buttons models without navigation system wicvesscessssatossenaversssastmroussctustecivnsieess 4 2 Controls Control panel buttons display with pavigation System easessuciarecndagiacaicerrsneticrseanien et 4 11 Control panel buttons display without navigation System sssssssssesreersssrrreressrrrreesrrrreeens 4 2 Heater and air conditioner controls automatic esen metre 4 23 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants err rereii a e cle teed areateeandivas 9 2 10 2 Changing engine coolant ssssessessrsereseeresreerene 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Corrosion protection saris cctesctcseteececctecheincteoeeteeces 7 5 Cover Tonneau COVEef sssssesssisiususisinrusisiurusisrnresinrns 2 36 Cruise Controls sec eects cere inea 5 21 Cruise main switch indicator light 2 14 Cruise set indicator light s ssssesseseessesesererrererrserns 2 14 Cup TROND S TS is oes cetecets eo est heater eee 2 32 CVT Clo eer ee ree eee meme et tee ewec tte 8 12 CVT Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission sganio Bena 5 13 D Daytime running light system sss
132. ays temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly be come high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others in your ve hicle Unattended pets should also not be left alone e Donotuse the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up e Positioning of the heater and or air conditioner controls should not be done while driving so that full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Push the AUTO button on AUTO will be displayed 2 Turn the temperature set dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature e Adjust the temperature set dial to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically 3 You can individually set driver and front pas senger side temperature using each tem perature control knob When the DUAL but ton is pushed or passenger side temperatur
133. be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion in hibitors If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as Technical and consumer information 9 3 engine stalling and hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels imme diately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square or ange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel in jector cleaner octane booster intake valve
134. before the engine has warmed up On slippery roads do not downshift This may cause a loss of control Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Starting and driving 5 13 CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose 5 14 Starting and driving Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse D Drive or any of the desired shift positions WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious per sonal injury or property damage If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch Additionally the selector lever cannot be moved to R Reverse from N Neutral or any D Drive position The selector lever can be moved to R Reverse from any of the D Drive posi tions within 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position The selector lever can be moved from R Reverse to P Park with the key in t
135. belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Re corders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehi cle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in re sponse to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at autho rized NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genu ine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corpo
136. belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Anchor point locations WARNING The anchor bolt should be installed at all times to prevent the possibility of exhaust fumes entering the passenger compartment through the holes See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Anchor points are located as illustrated a for rear left side seat position for rear right side seat position c for rear center seat position If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult a NISSAN dealer for details 1 30 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WARNING e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your SSS0300A child NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a front facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for details e A
137. ble Occupants Luggage Remaining available cargo and luggage 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 500 Ib 70kg 840 kg 14kg 70kg 227 kg Technical and consumer information 9 15 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on 9 16 Technical and consumer information the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and lug gage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVW
138. but the ordinary brakes will continue to operate normally See Anti lock brake system ABS in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details If the light comes on while you are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light The light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer WARNING e Your brake system may not be work ing properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for re pairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM
139. buttons on the Intelligent key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica tor and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes SPA1950A once and the horn chirps once Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Remove the mechanical key or the valet key if any key is in the ignition switch 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the LOCK button A on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors including lift gate and fuel filler door will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK button A on the Intelligent Key is pushed Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 even though the ignition switch is in the ON position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once e When the LOCK button A is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors are already locked 1 Doors lock with the Intelligent Key while the mechanical key or the valet key is in the ignition switch or the ignition switch is pushed in 2 Doors do not lock and buzzer sounds when the LOCK button is pushed while any door iS Open Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK button 8 on the Intelli gent Key once e The driver s door and fuel filler door unlock e The hazard in
140. ccelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P or N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is ac ceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of com puters that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help ser vice technicians with diagnosis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control sys tems braking systems engine systems trans mission systems tire pressure systems and air bag systems Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example vehicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag performance and seat
141. cctapticlvcstslccaceaeresdennscebinieutece eth 5 34 Special winter CQUIPMENK eesteeceeetseseeeteteeeeeees 5 35 Driving On SNOW OF ICG sisssisisssossisis aeania eae 5 35 Engine block heater if so equipped s s 5 36 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they con 5 2 Starting and driving tain colorless and odorless carbon mon oxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death e If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the en gine running for any extended length of time e Keep the lift gate closed
142. ccupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs ids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX lbs ORIGINAL SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE eae a TAILLE ORIGINALE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES DE i TAILS SE REPORTER P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI AU MANUEL DU SPARE CONDUCTEUR pesecours T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI l 3 Original tire size The size of the tires are cold Tires are considered tires originally installed on the vehicle COLD after the vehicle has been at the factory parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate Cold tire inflati Inflat Sy Sir tie RON piesa E speeds The recommended cold tire the tires to this pressure when the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposi tion the gauge to eliminate this leak age 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too
143. ce of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate above approximately 40 to 50 MPH 65 to 80 km h Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction indicator lamp 5 16 Starting and driving MIL in the 2 Instrument and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then turn the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operat ing condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary WARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually re duced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have it repaired if necessary M CVT CVT with Manual shift mode Gate type shift with manual mode The M CVT in your vehicle is electronically con
144. ch uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope Do not touch the bulb Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed Bulb no Wattage D2S Xenon low high beam or HB5 65 55W Halogen low high beam Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the performance of the head light EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Front turn signal T20 Front park light i T10 C 2F Front side marker light i T10 C 2F Front fog light if so equipped HB4 Rear combination light Turn Stop Tail signal Side marker light Back up License plate light High mounted stop light Ceiling light Map light Rear personal light Step light Luggage light Vanity mirror light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement MDIO006 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 SDI1499A Ceiling light 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Luggage light Vanity mirror light SDI1500B SDI1506B
145. ch harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brake The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle ser vice manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes increases wear on the brake linings and pads and reduces gas mileage To help save the brak
146. checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Ji DIF re aT T Type B Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF NS Pull to open the fuse box lid 1 3 Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fuse puller A and pull it out If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 BATTERY REPLACEMENT Ey REMOVE side up lt gt KEYFOB Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Recommended battery Sanyo CR2025 or equivalent Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is remo
147. child restraints push the lock knob 4 and pull the head restraint out WARNING e Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide signifi cant protection against injury in an accident Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not remove the head restraints except when folding down the rear seat or using certain child restraints Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been removed for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident 1 8 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjust the head restraints as illustrated so the center is level with the center of your ears Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any acci dent e Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could im pair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupants head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead SSS0229A ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front to whiplash type Injuries ARMREST seats Active head restraints are effective for collisions Pull the armrest fo
148. ck for leakage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 1 1 CVT FLUID around the oil filter Correct as required Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace 10 Turn the engine off and wait several min mice i utes Check the oil level Add engine oil if Necessary A CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not mix with other fluids e Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty The specified CVT fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compart ment 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself POWER STEERING FLUID O we Q ktwy MAX COLD MIN SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range a HOT MAX D HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range 3 COLD MAX 4 COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva lent BRAKE FLUID For additional brake fluid specification informa tion refer to Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section of this manual 4A WARNING Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and af
149. cking up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so first block the wheels and apply the parking brake and then move the selector lever into the P Park position If you move the selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overload ing and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan con trol to high and setting the temperature con trol to the HOT position If the transmission fluid rises to an extremely high temperature a high fluid temperature protection mode may operate See page 5 15 for details If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and let the transmission cool before continuing Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 805 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended main tenance schedule When making a turn your trailer whee
150. correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satis factory engine life and performance See Ca pacities and recommended fuel lubircants ear lier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifi cation mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change The recom mended SAE viscosity number chart shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damag
151. ctiva tion of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pre tensioner seat belt system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installa tion of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equip ment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle con tact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 52 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental front air bag system Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants Also the front seat pre tensioner seat belt sys tem activates in conjunction with the supple mental side impact rollover air bag system Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of rollover collisions or rear rollovers The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor
152. d The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SATELLITE band encoded within a regu lar radio broadcast Currently most RDS sta tions are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display e Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 e Station name such as The Groove e Music or programming type such as Classi cal Country or Rock e Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Category CAT button When the CAT button is pushed for less than 0 5 second the AM FM Satellite radio frequen cies Category will move to the next previous step Category Push and hold the button for more than 0 5 second to move quickly through the steps Categories Compact disc CD player operation Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc wi
153. d store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 32 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system a A Sie Sy 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing SSS0361 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt SSS0302E 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a differ ent child restraint Not all child restraints
154. d adjust the steering wheel to the desired position G Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent e Do not put anything on or near the steering wheel when tilting PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT if so equipped The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad justed for driving comfort Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust the brake and accelerator pedal position forward 1 or backward D Pedal adjustment can only be performed when Ignition switch is in the OFF ACC or LOCK position or Ignition switch is ON and the selector lever is in the P Park position The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be adjusted separately CAUTION Do not adjust the pedal position with your foot on the pedal Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 SUN VISORS 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments CAUTION e Do not store the main sun visor be fore storing the extension sun visor e Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 4 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 Draw out the extension sun visor 3 from the main sun visor 4 to block further glare MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR While holding the insi
155. d driving 4A WARNING Do not place an AWD equipped ve hicle on a two wheel dynamometer or raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D drive or R reverse position Doing so may result in transmission damage or un expected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle dam age or personal injury When driving straight shift the AWD lock switch to AUTO Do not operate the AWD lock switch when making a turn or backing up Do not operate the AWD lock switch with the front wheel spinning Engine idling speed is high while warming up the engine Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the AWD lock switch set in AUTO or LOCK When turning the vehicle in LOCK mode on paved roads you may feel a braking effect This is a normal condition of the AWD model Warning light Comes on or blinks when ms FA AwD a Comes on There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0314A AWD WARNING LIGHT The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system when the ignition switch is ON the warning light will remain illuminated High temperature power train oil d
156. d from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park position The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position 4 in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury KEY POSITIONS The switch includes an anti theft steering lock device LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in this position OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine Is not running Starting and driving 5 9 ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories
157. d release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step one unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps _ 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator 2 46 Instruments and controls light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener compo nents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Uni
158. ddition to notifying NISSAN lf NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other in formation about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll Technical and consumer information 9 25 free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 9 26 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only WARNING A vehicle equipped with AWD All Wheel Drive should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer similar to the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is an AWD equipped vehicle before it is placed on a dynamometer Failure to do so may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be
159. de posit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have your dealer correct the condi tion Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service fa cility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load API certification mark FOR GASOLINE ENGINES ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the
160. de rearview mirror adjust the mirror angles until the desired position is achieved The adjusting lever can be operated when the glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you obstructs your vision at night WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clar ity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally changes reflection according to the inten sity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when you turn the ignition switch to the ON position When the inside MIRROR switch a is turned on The indicator light will illuminate exces sive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the MIRROR switch A to turn the system off the indicator light goes off and the inside mirror will operate normally To turn on the system again push the MIRROR switch once again For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver and the compass display see the description in the 2 Instruments and controls section Do not hang any object on the mirror or apply glass cleaner Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 SPA1449A OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than the
161. dealer for repair specified size of tires on all four wheels WARNING When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the tire placard See detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle sta bility The anti lock brake system is a sophis Vehicle identification in the 9 e When the VDC system is operating the ticated device but it cannot prevent ac Technical and consumer informa SLIP indicator in the instrument panel cidents resulting from careless or dan tion section for tire placard location blinks gerous driving techniques It can help e When only the Traction Control System maintain vehicle control during braking TCS portion of the VDC system is operat on slippery surfaces but remember that ing the SLIP indicator in the instrument the stopping distance on slippery sur panel blinks taces will De longer man on norma e If the SLIP indicator blinks the road condi surfaces even with the anti lock brake tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your system Stopping distances may also be speed and driving to these conditions Be longer on rough gravel or snow covered sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator roads or if you are using tire chains light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC Always maintain a safe distance from OFF indicator light in the 2 Instruments and the vehicle in front of y
162. des greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from uninten tionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents SPA1575A LOCKING WITH KEY Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously e Turning the driver s door key to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors including the lift gate and fuel filler door e Turning the driver s door key one time to the rear of the vehicle 2 will unlock the driver s door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors and Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 fuel filler door Unlock simulation can be changed See the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio system section Opening and closing front windows Turn the driver s door key to the unlock position and hold for about 1 second the front windows will begin to lower To stop opening turn the key to the neutral position To close the front windows with the door key cylinder
163. dicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 Push the UNLOCK button 8 on the Intelli gent Key again within 5 seconds e All doors unlock e Lift gate unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute of pushing the UNLOCK button 8 e any door is open e the ignition switch is pushed e the mechanical key or the valet key is inserted into the ignition switch The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Opening and closing front windows e To open the windows push the UNLOCK button for about 3 seconds or turn the driver s door key lock with the metal key to the rear of the vehicle for about 2 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK but ton 8 or turn the key to the neutral position To close the front windows turn the driver s door key lock to the front of the vehicle for about 2 seconds after the door is locked To stop c
164. display if so equipped eeeseseeseseeeeeeeeeee 2 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 9 CeCi DUDS as 2 9 Warning WG EES sirisser ia 2 9 MdCator ORNS sssri aaa 2 14 Audible FEMWNGO GTS shea sesiesensecsccercisaceasmadnacicoeeciccemans 2 16 SSID SYST Sosia O 2 17 Vehicle security system if so equipped 2 17 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System nsss 2 18 Windshield wiper and washer switch seeeeeeee 2 20 Rear window wiper and washer switch essees 2 21 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 22 Headlight and turn signal switch sesser 2 22 Xenon headlights if so equipped essseeseseeeeees 2 22 Headlight SWIC ncxscercasesusasestessnriGrearsasmetonssesiaanceccenset 2 23 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 25 Instrument brightness Control cesses 2 26 Tom signal SWOI scssi RE 2 27 Fog light switch if so equipped sessessesesesesseees 2 27 Hazard warning flasher SWItCN seceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 27 a S a EIEE E E ETE TA AETA A EAE E ET A 2 28 Heated seats if so equipped s srrrsssrressrressrrerssresss 2 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so EIS DI 2 29 Power outlets eer een ere ere eee eer oe ere ere 2 30 S 2 6 TANE era eee ee ee ee 2 31 o 98 ole AEE rer ere cre nearer emer eet rr 2 31 Cellular phone holder 0 cssececessesseesesseseeeteneeeeeees 2 31 CUS FIONA GES sssaaa 2 32 GIOVE DOK esan
165. dly done the second shifting may not be completed prop erly e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to M1 First before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is nec essary to shift up to the desired range e When canceling the manual shift mode re turn the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle dam age or loss of control When the CVT fluid temperature is extremely low the manual shift mode may not work and automatically shift as a drive mode This is not a malfunction In this case return the selector lever to D range and drive for a while and then shift to the manual shift mode When the CVT fluid temperature is high the shift range may upshift in lower rpm than usual This is not a malfunction Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the selector lever push the shift lock release button while depressing the foot brake and applying the parking brake The selector lever can be moved to N Neutral This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is dis charged after releasing the parking brake If the battery is discharged in N Neutra
166. do not put the same seat belt around both your child and your self NISSAN recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly re strained in the rear seat than in the front seat 1 34 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious injury in sudden stop or collision e An improperly installed booster seat could lead to serious injury or death in an accident to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system 4A WARNING Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder
167. down below ap proximately 8 MPH 13 km h e Move the selector lever to N Neutral posi tion The SET indicator light will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch b Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATOR set switch When the ve hicle attains the speed you desire release the switch c Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATOR set switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it b Push and hold the SET COAST switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RESUME ACCELERATOR set switch A CAUTION The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow t
168. e J SAA1064 Center ventilators S a aC CT 8 SAA1065A Side ventilators Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 Rear ventilator if so equipped Open or close and or adjust the air flow direc tion of ventilators gt lt This symbol indicates that the vents are closed when the vent switch Is moved to the left This symbol indicates that the vents are open when the vent switch is moved to the right Wt 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic O O O O O O AUTO cS LED Mron Arer A C MODE G2O0G AUTO climate control ON button 5 kg rear window defroster switch refer SAA0641 to the 2 Instrument and controls section 6 A C air conditioner ON OFF button a fresh air button gt air recirculation button 7 MODE manual air flow control button e amp lt r front defroster button 8 Temperature control knob driver only or driver and passenger 9 OFF button for climate control system 10 Fan speed control knob 11 DUAL passenger side temperature con trol ON OFF button 12 Temperature control knob passenger side Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running e On hot sunny d
169. e Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine Technical and consumer information 9 5 oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more fre quent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e towing a trailer e stop and go rush hour traffic e aggressive driving Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule 9 6 Technical and consumer information RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change
170. e causes of either condition 9 22 Technical and consumer information e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half e Check your hitch trailer tire pressure vehicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle e Be certain your rear view mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which Is free from traffic Steering stability and braking per formance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have spe cific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are ba
171. e control knob is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the A C button A C OFF will be displayed and A C indicator will turn off Turn the temperature set dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the lt z FRONT defroster button on The indicator light on the button will come on Turn the temperature set dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the fan speed control knob to right and set to the maximum position As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the yy front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will auto
172. e The selector lever is in the P position and the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi tion e The mechanical key or the valet key is not inserted into the ignition switch e The warning chime may stop when one of the following is performed e Returning the ignition switch to the LOCK position e Removing the mechanical key or the valet key e Closing the doors Alarm and warning when the engine Starts When the key warning light A is blinking in red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Warning for low battery power e This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one Refer to the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for battery replacement e The green blinking key warning light A goes out about 30 seconds after the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 ignition switch is turned to ON e We recommend replacing the battery at a NISSAN dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the buzzer will warn you when the door is closed 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and push the door handle request switch or the lift gate request switch Tu
173. e air bag inflation 1 44 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AA 0O N Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules Occupant classification system control unit Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor i SS SS See Supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bags Supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bag modules Seat belt pre tensioner retractor Satellite sensors 9 Diagnosis sensor unit 10 Supplemental side air bag modules NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The supplemental front air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity frontal colli sions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle dam age or lack of it is no
174. e booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head re straint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjust able head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seat ing position or a different booster seat Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 3 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoul der Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point type seat belt with retrac tor earlier in this section BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT WARNING NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in
175. e is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the tem perature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 Compact Disc CD with MP3 or WMA Explanation of terms e MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD can reduce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear e WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Mi crosoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per sec
176. e of the door lock unlock function e If the Intelligent Key is near the door or door glass outside the vehicle it may be possible The operating range of the door lock unlock to start the engine function by pushing the door handle request 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelli gent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key Audible reminder and warning when locking the doors When the chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle check for the following e The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e The Intelligent Key is not left inside the vehicle e Doors are closed securely e The selector lever is in the P position Audible reminder and warning when the engine stops When the P position selecting warning light in the instrument panel blinks in red e Make sure the selector lever is in the P position When the chime sounds intermittently e Make sure the selector lever is in the P position and the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position If the chime sounds continuously when the driver s door is opened check the following
177. e of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position and for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled Main power window switch driver s side 1 Rear left passenger s side window 2 Driver s side window 3 Window lock button 4 Rear right passenger s side window 5 Front passenger s side window To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Instruments and controls 2 37 Locking passenger s windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel 2 38 Instruments and controls SIC 1892F Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window hold the switch down A or up B Automatic operation To fully open or close the driver s or front passenger s side window completely push down or pull up 8 the switch a
178. e rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground WARNING e The rear view camera is a conve nience but it is not a substitute for proper backing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Objects viewed in the rear view moni tor differ from actual distance be cause a wide angle lens is used Ob jects in the rear view monitor will appear visually opposite like ones viewed in the inside and outside mir rors e Make sure that the lift gate is se curely closed when backing up Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 e Underneath the bumper and the cor ner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the rear view monitor be cause of its monitoring range limita tion e Do not put anything on the rear view camera The rear view camera is in stalled above the license plate e When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise wa ter may enter the camera unit caus ing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock e Do not strike the camera It is a pre cision instrument Otherwise it may malfunction or cause damage result ing in a fire or an elect
179. e shift The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con trolled by a transmission control module to pro duce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum ve hicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive S Sec ond or L Low position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the se lector lever This CVT model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed be fore shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park position and into any of the other shift range if the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed from the switch Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and shift into a driving range Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse or D Drive or manual shift mode Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse range
180. e using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for glove box and console box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY Master and Valet keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys A NISSAN dealer can duplicate it As many as 5 NVIS keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NVIS keys that you have to a NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration pro cess these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of regis tration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provi
181. ealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator lamp blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Security indicator light Model without Intelligent Key system This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position Model with Intelligent Key system This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is not pushed in or the mechanical key is removed from the ignition switch This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section SLIP SLIP Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction contro
182. ececsseeeeeseeesseeeeeeeeees 5 12 Starting the engine aap cigicstideeerenearstatnxinerstenanenes 5 12 Driving the vehicle sssssssssssssssrssssrsrsrnnnensnsnssnnnensnsnesnnnsnsnnnnnes 5 13 CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 5 13 M CVT CVT with Manual shift mode 5 16 Parking eee ee mene reer eens ere eee ae 5 21 Uo CONO aaeain 5 21 Precautions on cruise control sesser 5 21 Cruise Control operations ssesseseesrseesrereersreererereenrns 5 22 Break in schedule ssssssssssssssrsssrsessnsususrnnnensnsnennnnsnnnsnennnnnnns 5 23 Increasing fuel CCONOMY ssissssississsssinieanerinnnraisuiaiaaa 5 24 Using all wheel drive AWD if so equipped 5 24 AWD lock switch operations 5 25 AWD warming ighis 5 27 Parkng parking on illS 5 29 Power Steering s ssssssssssssrssssssisrsnrerunsususnnnnenonsnennnnennnnnennnnnana 5 30 Brake SyS bOr csias aE Raa 5 30 Braking precautions sisisasisrosii nania 5 30 Anti lock brake system ABS cscssseeeseeseseeees 5 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system CIF SO COUN E serein nieee nnno 5 32 Cold weather driving crntecesisnsnvsncctessedeccerenonensaststanaaeroonnne 5 34 Freeing a frozen door lOCK siscasisccarsscessctexssctccrseccacesonses 5 34 PU SZ ssnin att ab eae eetc eens ee cecee 5 34 BS OE N eased eases ens ce A tease ta cscenentaedece 5 34 Draining Of coolant water wie cesesiscusstsoceoscscectaneeteteciaans 5 34 Tire SQUID SIM scseiestectcccen
183. ed and repaired Take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning 1 54 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemen tal side air bag curtain side impact rollover air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact rollover air bags and pre tensioner seat belt are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain side impact rollover air bags re lated parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the main tenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain side impact rollover air bag has in flated the air bag module will not function again
184. ed to reduce drag WARNING A vehicle equipped with AWD AIl Wheel Drive should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer similar to the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is an AWD equipped vehicle before it is placed on a dynamometer Failure to do so may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury AWD LOCK SWITCH OPERATIONS The AWD LOCK switch located in front of the selector lever is used to select AUTO LOCK depending on the driving conditions Each time you push the lower part of the switch the AWD mode will switch AUTO LOCK gt AUTO The AWD system electronically controls the coupling Push the lower part of the AWD LOCK switch a to select the AUTO or LOCK mode depend ing on the driving conditions LOCK mode Push the lower part of the switch A when the vehicle is stopped or driving under approximately 10 km h 6 MPH The AWD LOCK indicator light will come on AUTO mode Push the lower part of the switch A The AWD LOCK indicator light will go off Starting and driving 5 25 41 I 3 AWD LOCK indicator light Wheel driven Use conditions Distribution of torque to the front and rear wheels changes automatically depending on road conditions encountered a 100 0 lt s 50 5
185. eel sssssssssssessssrssrsresrenssnnnsnineniennnnnennsnensnnnnnnnns Tit operationes Pedal position adjustment if so equipped Sun VSO Seea PMS PAE NA EEEE E EE EEN EE EA mede ITO sarana Automatic anti glare inside mirror if so CQUIPPE ssesessssesessesessesssessseseseesesssessesssesseseeeeeseseess CUE SI IOS ssri tee Automatic drive positioner if so equipped Hf g s 4 1 0 14 0 s Memory storage ere eener renner ete rere a merenre re sere rr re System OPS TON sie ceccdeatisnsscacneciecctlaectsthcnsaiodatereanicataunecs KEYS 0 SPA1379E 1 Master keys with built in transponder chip 2 Key number plate 3 Valet key with built in transponder chip 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments Intelligent Key 2 sets Refer to Intelligent Key system later in this section Mechanical key metal key 2 sets Refer to Intelligent Key system later in this section Valet key with built in transponder chip Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number A key number is necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key a NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NVIS KEYS You can only drive your vehicl
186. ehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded engine gaso line Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number ts the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Chassis number The number is stamped under the passenger s seat as shown ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S certification label is affixed as
187. ehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key an automated toll road device or automated pay ment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY BCM ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT SIC2045 Security indicator light T
188. el name oie off Song title lt ine When no data is available will appear FM AM SAT radio operation RADIO FM AM SAT radio select The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless the optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Pushing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM gt FM gt SAT Satellite When the RADIO button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the power knob is turned to ON If a compact disc or tape is playing when the RADIO button is pushed the compact disc or tape will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation To tune the radio turn the TUNE knob to the right or left Use these buttons for manual tuning gt rei SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button gt gt I or HK for less than 0 5 second to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station channel Push the SEEK button
189. emental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door fin isher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact and roll over air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag system e Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag system Tampering with the supplemental system may result in serious per sonal injur
190. en the screen will change to TRIP screen automatically To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE THE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following modes will display on the screen Warning message if there are any TRIP 1 gt TRIP 2 FUEL ECONOMY MAINTE NANCE 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 0 00 mar Elapsed Time 0 01 T 0 0 miles Driving Distance TRIP information Elapsed Time Driving Distance and Average Speed will be displayed To reset select the Reset key using the joy stick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds 0 00 i FUEL ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy Fuel Economy MPG E Distance to Empty kk miles FUEL ECONOMY information Average Fuel Economy and Distance to Empty will be displayed for reference To reset select the Reset key using the joy stick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds 0 00 i MAINTENANCE C Omiles 3750 7500 Tire Rotation me en TT Engine Oil Tire Pressure MAINTENANCE information You can set the engine oil and the tire rotation interval And the tire pressure will appear on the screen if the tire pressure system is equipped To display the setting
191. en the seat belt see Fastening the seat belt earlier in this section 4A WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop SSS0235 Storing rear seat belt buckles Before folding down the seat put the buckles in the storage of the seat cushion to avoid drop ping it under the seat cushion SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if the extender is required 1 20 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should n
192. ence by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself LIGHTS 1213 14 s a oO os gt amp SN 12 13 14 Front turn signal light or front park light Headlight low beam high beam Front park light or front turn signal light Map light Ceiling light Rear personal light Front fog light if so equipped Daytime run ning light for Canada Front side marker light Step light High mounted stop light Rear combination light Turn signal Stop Tail light Side marker light License plate lights Back up light Luggage light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 HEADLIGHTS Replacing If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer Xenon headlight bulb WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the Instruments and controls section Halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type whi
193. ene mene eer are Serer eee ee 2 33 H Hazard indicator NIM axcceerecertecsiiedcsdecertaestecterectcecesvecs 2 16 Hazard warning flasher SWItCH eseeeeeeeees 2 27 Head restraints ot accneohaeanteniewansenes 1 8 Headlights PAINTS CONTON sessirnar k EEEE 2 25 Bulb replacement ccccssceceeeseseeeeseeeeeenees 8 28 Headlight swit Hsssiiinesen enas 2 23 Xenon headlights sree seiecncet cscbeeceaosee teeter ante 2 22 Heated SCANS atc cescsucrenentideenciecesenesbonnstcennternecontenetecuscns 2 28 Heater Engine block heater vice tercetiesrenttrcerceattens 5 36 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 23 High beam indicator WOM 2 cveceecencnes es ererteccnencicedears 2 14 HomeLink Universal Transceiver s s 2 43 ig 9121019 G21 ot kc gt nnn ne ae ern eer eer ere 3 24 2 g Pere ence ern te re een ene aero 2 28 l Ignition knob Intelligent Key system 3 13 Ignition switch Except for Intelligent Key equipped Model srir e 5 9 Intelligent Key System equipped model 5 10 Ignition switch key positions sesser 5 9 Immobilizer System saisir 2 18 In cabin microfilter ssesesssssissssrsiseisrsriererssrenesrsrnrenre 4 26 Indicator NUM ncieccreacescouscecsceatoceencticenrenenvenstsneedtanieercreent 2 9 All wheel drive AWD LOCK indicator ke g ener eee ree eer errs nr eee te 2 14 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT indicator lo p aeeereer mere n aetna ene eer enn erererne 2 14 Cruise main switch i
194. er than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Impor tant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 NEE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION Qran nesze TIRE SIZE cow TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE 7 PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT 4 NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL MANUAL FOR FRONT XXX kPa XX PSI secrete SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL AVANT P XXX XX R XX PER REAR REAR ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants AILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS SEE OWNER S A POUR D AUTRES ARRIERE XXX kPa XX PSI DETALS SE REPORTER COMPACT SPARE TIRE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE au MANUEL DU ROUE COMPACTE DE SECOURS PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS fp CONDUCTEUR d hould d XX k XX Ibs Be es ge oo ee T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI Le poids combine d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX lbs TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs Le poids combine d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs r ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS S
195. ere conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 1 Remove the cell plugs A Indicator 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 3 TINE cell plugs A JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 DRIVE BELTS SDI0141B 4A WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly Power steering oil pump Idler pulley Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor V Tension checking points oBRON 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear Cuts fraying oil adhesion or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension SPARK PLUGS WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs SDI0145C REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped a spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark p
196. erence only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug Correct as required 10 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dip 11 stick Add engine oil if necessary Dispose of waste oil properly WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin can cer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Remove the cover with a suitable tool as illustrated A 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil may be hot Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Coat the rubber gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 15 to 20 N m 8 Reinstall the cover 9 Start the engine and che
197. ereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning 4A WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation To tune the radio turn the TUNE knob to the right or left Use these buttons for manual tuning SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button gt gt I or lt 4 for less than 0 5 second to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broad casting station channel Push the SEEK button PI or K lt for more than 0 5 second to fast tune from high to low or low to high frequencies SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcast ing station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel Station memory operations Eighteen 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT band to the A B and C preset button 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button and keep pushing any of the desired station memory buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is hear
198. ering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to re move the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning OX GRIOR aisis aa 7 2 Cleaning IM Sroine 7 4 VAE D e A A E 7 2 FOO N a teesenrere eeater 7 4 AET 919 PEE AT A er eee eer 2 RAE LOS IES E A E A 7 5 Rermioving SPOTS siessen eee 7 3 CON OSION proloco Nsssssra 7 5 UnderDody sss eereeer treme eepemen rrr 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle EE EE AE E E E EE 7 3 CONOS O e ir re Ren mara nne Renee ceeaner nee 7 5 Aluminum alloy WING CIS sasssecccccas cccenctadery cescecteaeteaaetere 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome AILS asarcsesasseatacaterssaarccomnsineacigunaeetndeaeunaraeiecs 7 3 CONOS IOD es OA 7 5 TESS SUN sesinin 7 3 To protect your vehicle from CorroSiOn sesse 7 5 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it In the following cases please wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the pain
199. eristics of FM AM and satellite radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunc tion in your radio system Remember that a moving vehicle is not the ideal place to listen to a radio Because of the move ment reception conditions will constantly change Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 a AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter Duri
200. es and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an acci dent e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes at each wheel so the wheels will not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery sur faces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down 4A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Normal operation The anti lock brake system will not operate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h to completely stop the vehicle The speeds will vary according to road conditions When the anti lock system senses that one or more wheels are close to l
201. esponsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 47 MEMO 2 48 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Ce See nee rer re ee ee eee nee eee eee 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS eS ee eee ee A eee ne ee eee 3 2 OG ORS rran A O 3 3 Locking WHA KOY csere 3 3 Locking with inside lock Knob ssesssssssssersrsrsrsssersrsrsnnnns 3 4 Locking with power door lock SWItCh ssssessssseseseenn 3 4 Child safety rear door lOCK sssssssssssssessrsrsrsrsresrsrsrereresnns 3 5 Remote keyless entry system models without Intelligent Key SYStOM c csssscssssssesssssssssssssesssesssessssssetees 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 6 Intelligent Key system if SO CQUIPPEM cessseeeeeeeees 3 9 Door locks unlocks precaution envteeserceccteexerercens 3 11 Intelligent Key operation sssssssssssessrsrssssssrsnsresnsnsnsnrnnses 3 12 Operating the engine ssssssesssssssrsresrsreresreresrsnrsrsnssrenns 3 13 Intelligent Key operating range sssr 3 15 Warming Signals assosioi ai 3 17 Trouble shooting guide sesssssssssssssrsresnsnsnsnsnnsnsnsnsnsnnens 3 19 Operation with intelligent remote keyless entry Operation with the mechanical key and valet Ei ESE E T E E AE A T US PING GOGP sesazena Open the fuel filler COOP cscssesseesseseeseseeseseeeseees Fuelfller Capissa Steering wh
202. etect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to con tinue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden 5 4 Starting and driving drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving e Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside tem perature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient tem perature check the tire pressure for all four tires e You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen The order of the tire pressure figures dis played on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Tire pressure information in the 4
203. etely When the selector lever is returned to a position other than R it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the camera objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the rear view monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the contrast of objects is low at night pushing the ENTER button may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the rear view monitor may not clearly display objects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolora tion To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use body wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTILATORS H
204. exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precau tions when starting and driving 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Emergency unlock lever If the lift gate cannot be opened with the door lock switch or remote controller due to a dis charged battery follow the next steps 1 Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with a suitable tool 2 Move the lever toward the direction A as illustrated to open the lift gate Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible WARNING e Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving e Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 FUEL FILLER DOOR switch once Intelligent Key equipped model e Push the passenger side door handle request switch or lift gate request switch twice Intel ligent Key equipped model To lock close the fuel filler door and lock the doors OPEN THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock it using one of the following operations then push the right hand side of the lid a e Push the unlock button on the remote keyless entry once e Insert the key into the door lock cylinder and turn the door key clockwise twice e Push the power door lock switch to the unlock side e Push the d
205. f the switch is pushed while the seat is returning to the previous positions entry exit function MEMO Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 MEMO 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems EATE nen emer ee eee ee eee ee ee eee 4 2 Control panel buttons without navigation system 4 2 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use BACK Dutton cccccesssecsssssrsseseesereeees 4 3 How to use TRIP button cstccccccainnssnsraccrsannsacansistnncecaons 4 3 How to use FUEL ECON button sssseesererer 4 3 OS PAE EET E E EEE A EN 4 4 How to use E M button scvccccccatiiccnnscicacesdcaadtcccanstancanscss 4 4 How to use MAINT Maintenance button 4 4 Maintenance notice sssssssissiusissrnnnunrinrunnrunrnurnnrnnnnnnrnnrnns 4 5 How to use SETTING button eseessesesrerrererrrerrrn 4 6 DAY NIGHT button sssessesssiserisrrsrrrisisrrrrrririsrrrrnnns 4 10 Control panel buttons with navigation system 4 11 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 11 How to use BACK Dutton cesses 4 11 Setting up the start up SCIEN ccc 4 12 How to use the TRIP button ce eseecsesseseeeseeees 4 12 Maintenance NOTICE ccivcessictisasnsincstsceiinasnectnnnecsactescucsonune 4 14 How to use the SETTING button eeeeeeee 4 15 DAVNIGH T IO iissisiniacicaiisdedadccitcnte
206. f the vehicle due to some overstress 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or undercarriage If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your ve hicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected e Never install tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY type spare tire e Do not use the chains on dry roads Tire chains must be installed only on the
207. fect the vehicle s stopping ability CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line 4 If fluid must be added fre quently the system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 WINDOW WASHER FLUID Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manu facturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze Fluid or equivalent 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for
208. fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the lap belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 8 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position The passenger air bag status light Re Should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Move the child restraint to another seating posi tion Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode will be canceled BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the ve hicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe acci dent The child could be crushed be tween the adult and parts of the ve hicle Also
209. from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Volume control switch 2 MODE select switch 3 POWER on off switch 4 Memory change Seek and APS switch STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER on off switch to turn the audio system on or off MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the sequence of FM AM SAT CD and Tape Volume control switch Push up or down the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch wy or N for less than 1 5 seconds to change the radio frequency Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch xy or MA for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW tape and CD Push the tuning switch xy or AM for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system
210. front wheels and not on the rear wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Impor tant Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 i 4 RLA 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the
211. g checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information yst 0 Illustrated table of contents ELOFO TEONE neierens 0 2 nstument PANE hessian a 0 5 EKONO TEAU iai eee eee errrert eee 0 3 Meters and gauges Meer errr seers rere cn reer rece tere 0 7 Passenger compartment s s ssssssssrsrsrssrsrsrenssisusnsnnnennsnsnnnnnns 0 4 Engine compartment check locations sesser 0 8 EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Hood Page 3 24 2 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 20 Wiper replacement P 8 18 3 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 22 Bulb replacement P 8 28 Interior light P 2 41 Sunroof P 2 39 Power windows P 2 37 Recovery hook P 6 14 Fog light switch P 2 27 Daytime running light for Canada P 2 25 9 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 30 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 2 10 Mirrors P 3 30 CO N O0 O Ff 11 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 3 Remote keyless entry system P 3 5 P 3 20 Intelligent Key P 3 9 if so equipped O 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR REAR Fuel filler door P 3 26 Fuel recommenda tion P 9 3 Side marker Stop Tail Turn signal light Bulb replacement P 8 28 3 Rear window defroster switch P 2 22 4 High mounted stop light P 8 28 Rear window w
212. ges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front air bag precautions WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause in jury if the supplemental front air bag inflates e Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or dam age to the supplemental air bag sys tem Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel as sembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing ad ditional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing materi
213. ght aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear de grade vehicle handling characteris tics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and Tires in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for wheel offset dimensions e When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system e Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS For models with the low tire pressure warning system e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warn ing e The use of retread tires is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation C
214. h a head cleaning tape If the residue is not removed periodically the player may need to be disassembled for cleaning COMPACT ISE DIGITAL AUDIO KY Compact Disc CD player Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pletely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work prop erly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction e 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges e CDs with MP3 or WMA format cannot be written by this audio system If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC e Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label sid
215. h either the radio or compact disc turned on and the tape loaded the compact disc or the radio will automatically be turned off and the tape will play 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems e When the TAPE button is pushed with the TAPE playing the tape will play the program recorded on the reverse side gt KE FF Fast Forward REW Rewind Push the fast forward button to fast forward the tape To rewind the tape push the 4 rewind button Either the FF or REW symbol illuminates on the display window To stop the FF or REW function push the p gt fast forward or lt Q rewind again or the TAPE button APS Automatic Program When the gt APS FF button is pushed while the tape is being played the next program will start to play from the beginning Push the gt APS FF button several times to skip through programs The tape will advance the number of times the button is pushed up to nine programs When the 4 APS REW button is pushed once the program being played starts over from the beginning Push the 4 APS REW but ton several times to skip back several selections The tape will go back the number of times the button is pushed Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on the display window while searching for the selection RET REPEAT RPT RDM When the RPT play button is pushed while the tape is played the tape program play is re peated To stop the repeat pla
216. h pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is In motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the separate Service and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off depress and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keeping the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds the pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly see a NISSAN dealer FUSES SDI1751 Some vehicles are equipped with engine com partment
217. he LOCK position D the rear door can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the lever to the FREE position 2 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without Intelligent Key system It is possible to lock unlock all doors including the lift gate and fuel filler door and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as five keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when e the battery is discharged e the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch CAUTION The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Setting hazard indicator and horn mode The factory setting of the remote keyless entry system is in hazard indicator and horn mode In hazard indicator and horn mode when the 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button
218. he OFF or ACC position If the key cannot be turned to LOCK perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to ON while depressing the foot brake pedal 3 Move the selector lever to P Park 4 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK to remove the key P Park Use this shift position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the lever to the P Park position CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped when selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be de pressed to move the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse The selector lever can be moved to R Reverse from any of the D Drive positions within 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position N Neutral Neither forward or reverse is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving S Second Use this position for the improved engine
219. he appli cable item using the joystick and push the ENTER button The indicator light alternately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pushed Indicator light is illuminated ON Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Auto Re Lock Time aLi min gt Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights lill gt Automatic Headlights Off Delay Intelligent Key Lock Response Sound Beeper x If so equipped Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle The driver s seat automatically moves back and returns to the original position for ease of exit and entry Selective door unlock This key can switch the unlock doors of the 1st unlocking operation as follows ON Only the driver side door lt gt OFF All the doors VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS e Intelligent Key Unlock Response Beep Sound Return All Settings to Default x If so equipped Keyless Remote Response Horn This key changes the horn chirp mode that occurs when pushing the LOCK button on the keyfob or the Intelligent Key Keyless Remote Response Lights This key changes the hazard indicator flash mode that occurs when pushing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob or the Intelligent Key Even if you change the horn chirp or the hazard flash with the keyfob or the Intel ligent Key the change may not be re flec
220. he driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at mod erate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an acci dent e The Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capac ity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling charac teristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading be yond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving fast
221. he headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate except for the daytime running light HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH SIC2475 Push the switch located on the right side of the meter panel on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions All turn signal lights will flash Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Instruments and controls 2 27 HORN HEATED SEATS if so equipped e Do not use the hazard warning flash ers while moving on the highway un less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traf fic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher will operate with the ignition switch in any position SIC2056 To sound the horn push the center pad upper The front seats are warmed by built in heaters area of the steering wheel The switches located on the center console can be operated independently driver side seat A A WARNING and front passenger side seat B of each other 1 Start the engine Do not disassemble the horn Doing so 2 Select h could affect proper operation of the Select heal range supplemental front air bag system Tam Q For high heat push the 4 High side pering with the supplemental front air of t
222. he seat to make sure it is securely locked Forward and backward Pull the lever up 4 while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position SSS0179A Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up 2 and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback moves forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT WARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power support seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the 3 Pre drivi
223. he switch bag system may result in serious per 2 For low heat push the gt Low side of sonal injury the switch 3 For no heat the switch has a center OFF position between low and high 2 28 Instruments and controls The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when low or high is selected The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch to the off position center 3 CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the en gine is not running Do not use the seat heater for ex tended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blan ket cushion seat cover etc Other wise the seat may become over heated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if
224. hese recommendations may re sult in shortened engine life and re duced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm e Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear e Avoid quick starts e Avoid hard braking as much as possible e Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Starting and driving 5 23 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY USING ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres sure Low pressure will increase tire wear and waste fuel Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment will cause not only tire wear but also lower fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and 5 24 Starting and driving leave the windows clos
225. his could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To acti vate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button releasing when the de vice begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for Awe seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for convenience 6 Push and release the training button located on the garage door opener s motor to acti vate the training mode This button is usu ally located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for convenience to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button firmly push and release the Instruments and controls 2 45 HomeLink button you have just pro grammed Push an
226. his light blinks whenever the registered NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key or me chanical key Intelligent Key is removed or turned to the OFF ACC or LOCK position or the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK posi tion Intelligent Key This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning this light will remain on while the registered NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System or Intelligent Key system service as soon as possible Bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immo bilizer System keys or Intelligent Key that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service Instruments and controls 2 19 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward a Slower or 8 Faster 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the 2 20 Instruments and controls washer Then the wiper will also operate several
227. hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate smoothly Also make sure that all latches lock securely Lubri cate if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km However the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and road surface conditions Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional informat
228. icate the correct time Readjust the time Adjusting the time To adjust the time push the H or M button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds The time indicator will flash Push the H button to adjust the hour Push the M button to adjust the minute To finish the adjusting push the BACK button or the screen will return to normal after 10 seconds The clock can be adjusted on the setting display See the HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section HOW TO USE E M BUTTON You can change the unit as follows using the E M English Metric button Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Li MAINTENANCE Engine Oil asl Omiles 3750 7500 Omiles 3750 7500 Tire Pressure HOW TO USE MAINT Maintenance BUTTON Maintenance and tire pressure information if so equipped will be displayed when the MAINT button is pushed To display the setting of the maintenance inter val select the Engine Oil or Tire Rotation key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joy stick and move the joystick to the right or left To reset the maintenance interval select the 0 00 TOIENGINE OIL Driving Distance CA C Omiles 3750 7500 Maintenance Schedule 4 0 miles gt
229. icator flashes twice and the horn chirps once Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 e When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors and fuel filler door locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder that the doors and fuel filler door are already locked 1 Doors and fuel filler door lock with the key fob while a key is in the ignition switch However the panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch 2 Doors and fuel filler door lock with the key fob while any door is open However hazard indicator and horn mode will not function Unlocking doors 1 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob once e The driver s door and fuel filler door unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors and fuel filler door are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position 2 Push the UNLOCK button B on the keyfob again within 5 seconds 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments e All doors unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed If the following operation is not carried out within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button all doors will be locked automatically if so equipped e any door is opened e
230. ime Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the ve STORAGE hicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of electrical accessory being used or the ACC power of the vehicle Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may open see When not in use be sure to close the COIN BOX CELLULAR PHONE HOLDER cap cover Do not allow water to con tact the outlet 4A WARNING WARNING The coin box should not be used while e A cellular telephone should not be driving so full attention may be given to used while driving so full attention vehicle operation may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use To open push the coin box lid as illustrated eE e E e ET e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off Do not use the coin box as an ashtray The inner tray can be removed as illustrated Instruments and controls 2 31 your vehicle before doing so To open push the cellular phone holder lid C as illustrated The inner tray can be removed 2 as illustrated Do not place valuable items in the holder Do not use the cellular phone holder as an ashtray 2 32 Instruments and controls CUP HOLDERS WAR
231. ime the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 24 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode will be canceled Rear outboard seat 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint Rear facing use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard or center seat follow these steps more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in shoulder belt to further tighten the child structions restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a differ ent child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all type
232. in Vanity mirror light tcc cece coer ecg hee es Warning indicator lights and audible PSTN NS S iiien a ec ceenteceeneacdee Xenon headlights sect ccsetes ecceecteteree veer duet Lights Exterior and interior light replacement Loading information See vehicle loading EE eee emer nt en memes Lock POOP locks ermina na emer eecete Glove box IO CK ccacceteennocscreciun tere cecesiorccomeenetens 2 33 Litt gate HOO imena aa tes 3 24 Power door lOCK ssssssssesesessrsrerersnenssrnrenenenrneeeensnnee 3 3 Low fuel warning light ssssssssssssssssrrsrerssrerssrsrrenne 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS cssese 5 3 Low washer fluid warning light 2 13 Luggage light seemerees tere meme ee ne ne eee eee ree 2 43 M Maintenance Battery mescensannenensaani a 8 14 General maintenance ssssssssessessresrereeresrerrerrrreeeren 8 2 Inside the vehicles sesir 8 3 Maintenance precautions ssssssssssreresersrers 8 5 Maintenance requirementsS ssesssreerssssrsrs 8 2 Outside the vehicle s sssssesessrssrerrsrerresrerrerrereeresn 8 2 Seat belt maintenance eects 1 20 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator lamp MIL csssesseseeee 9 14 Manual front seat adjustment sesser 1 3 Map MGI odessa cu ectna atone E aa E a 2 42 Meters and gauges csscccssssseseeceseeeeeensseeeeeesees 2 3 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside Mirror 3
233. indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white letter ing or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetri cal tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle fect the proper operation of the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS if so equipped For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety TYPES OF TIRES WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type for example Summer All Sea son or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability
234. ing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN See a professional trailer hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for your trailer 9 20 Technical and consumer information TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg You may add Class trailer hitch equipment to the vehicle that has a 2 000 Ib 909 kg maxi mum weight rating but your vehicle is only capable of to
235. ing fluid reservoir P 8 1 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 13 Air cleaner P 8 1 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Drive belts P 8 16 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 10 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 11 Battery P 8 14 Oo OnN OO OF FP WB N 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system cic cn ene E E ee ee eee eee ee 1 2 Child restraint installation on rear seat outboard Front manual seat adjustment eeceeeeeeeeeeees 1 3 OF center POSITIONS scceccescsevstisnscciccescscsmentornetneestscreexesseses 1 23 Front power seat adjustment araa an da 1 4 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Rear seat adjustment sssesssrsssssrrsnsernsrnnssenrnnnserenrnnnnes 1 5 CHildren systern 1 28 Head restraint AdjuSte Missen 1 8 Top tether strap child restraint 1 29 Active head restraint front seats voces 1 9 Installation on front passenger SCat eescecssssseeee 1 31 PRM OSU inoen 1 9 FS GUS SOAS ccc c ccseccestserc ccecnsesnvenesecespsecsoastheecssssitsieceectas 1 34 Seat belts sevessseeeeeunaseeeeneussseeeenunasseeeetunsseneenuaaeeeeennnaseeta 1 10 Precaution GT GORE ROMS a a 1 34 Precautions on seat belt usage eceeeeeeeeee 1 10 E PT E E E E T E es daea a ies OF center POSITIONS esesesesssesssessseesseesseecssecsseesseessseessees 1 37 EQMANE WOMEN rsseesssseerssseensseetns
236. installa e When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more than 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain Technical and consumer information 9 21 the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down con dition check for improper tongue load over load worn suspension or other possibl
237. installing a child restraint sys tem in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching rear center seat belt earlier in this section SSS0252A Rear outboard seat Front facing When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard or center seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in structions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If nec essary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it In a secure place Be sure to install the Rear center seat head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 oe a SS SSS0253E SSS0422 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for belt routing 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this t
238. ion regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified re pair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mats away from the pedal Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be sure to keep floor mats away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check that the lever has the proper travel and make sure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill when only the parking brake is applied Seat
239. iper and washer switch P 2 21 Luggage light P 2 43 P 8 28 Back up light Bulb replacement P 8 28 Lift gate opener switch P 3 24 Lift gate request switch Intelligent Key P 3 9 if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 0 4 Illustrated table of contents ON ONO of Seat belts P 1 10 Head restraints P 1 8 Supplemental curtain side impact air bags P 1 39 Power windows P 2 37 Interior lights P 2 40 Sunroof P 2 38 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 47 Inside mirror P 3 30 Automatic anti glare inside mirror P 3 31 HomeLink Universal Transceiver P 2 43 9 Seats P 1 2 10 11 12 Supplemental side impact air bags P 1 39 Console box P 2 34 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT selector lever P 5 13 if so equipped INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 22 2 Trip odometer reset button P 2 4 3 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 26 4 Meters gauges P 2 3 5 Windshield P 2 20 rear window P 2 21 wiper and washer switch 6 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 27 7 Center ventilator P 4 19 8 Audio control P 4 27 9 Display P 4 2 clock P 4 4 10 Rear window defroster and Heated outside mirror switch P 2 22 11 Display screen control P 4 2 and or Navi gation system 1 12 Passenger supplemental air bag
240. iquids to come in contact with electronic com ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floorpan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements ccececcseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 General Maintenance sscececsseseeseeeeeteeseeeeeaeeeeeeaneseteeeeas 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance Items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS s ssssssssressrssrsrsrenssisnsnsnrnennsnsnsnnnns 8 5 Engine compartment check locations sses 8 7 Engine cooling SY SCSI icrecccnntictcaace steer ara eee ieee 8 8 Checking engine coolant level cesses 8 8 Changing engine Coolant cece 8 9 512 gf Oll isama D mene eo cr erro rarer 8 9 Checking engine oil level eeeeseseeseeteteteeeeeeteeeeees 8 9 Changing engine Ollaississcsarsvncneisinsnsinanabncnoriennsxnnnaessasass 8 10 Changing engine oil filter ssessssessssessssessrsrssrsrssrsnsns 8 11 SA T e A E AEE rere 8 12 Power steering fluid s ssssssssrssssrsrsrsssersnsnssnnnennnsnesnsnsnsnnnnen 8 12 Brake mUd sss aeaa Ee 8 13 Windo
241. is pushed with the drivers door closed Intelligent Key equipped model e When the key or ignition switch is turned to the ON position The entry exit feature can be canceled See 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section of this manual The entry exit function can be activated or can celled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds while the ignition key is in the LOCK position The indicator light will blink once when the function is cancelled and the indicator light will blink twice when the function is activated If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will be cancelled In such a case after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key or ignition switch in the LOCK position to activate the entry exit function AGE SPA2185 MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat pedals Brake and Accelerator and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Set the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Adjust the driver s seat pedals Brake and Accelerator and outside mirrors to the de sired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional information see Seats in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restr
242. ition Da ae that the selector lever isin tie P When turning the ignition The ignition switch is not turned to the Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi swich warning chime sounds continuously LOCK position ton The key warning light in the instrument Replace the battery with a new one See WES ama ane Egiae panel blinks in green dhe battery cnarge 16 ow BATTERY REPLACEMENT on page 8 24 If the key warning light comes on in red even while you are carrying the Intelligent The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Key the battery is completely discharged Replace the battery with a new one See BATTERY REPLACEMENT on page 8 24 When pushing the door handle request switch or the lift gate request switch The outside buzzer sounds for approxi mately 2 seconds When pushing the ignition The key warning light in the instrument switch panel comes on in red Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Trouble shooting examples When it is difficult to turn the ignition switch e Push the ignition switch and turn it to the left and then to the right e While gently turning the steering wheel to the left or right turn the ignition switch OPERATION WITH INTELLIGENT REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli gent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the ke
243. ition If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to ON 3 Depress the foot brake pedal if the vehicle is in the N Neutral or any D Drive position 4 If necessary move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral to restart the vehicle P is preferred or move the selector lever to P Park to park the vehicle 5 Turn the ignition switch to LOCK to remove the key 5 18 Starting and driving P Park Use this shift position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped For maximum safety depress the brake pedal then move the lever to the P Park position The brake pedal must be depressed any time the selector lever is moved to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the lever to the P Park position CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped when selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be de pressed to move the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse The selector lever can be moved to R Reverse from any of the D Drive positions within 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position N Neutral Neither forward or reverse gear is engaged The engine
244. ity is the maxi mum total weight of passengers optional equipment air conditioning trailer hitch etc and cargo that your vehicle is de signed to carry Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Vehicle loading informa tion earlier in this section for details Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the tire and loading informa tion label affixed to the drivers door center pillar Payload Weight Capacity Unit Ib kg VQ35DE 1 050 1 Ae 0 1 070 1 070 MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross ve hicle weight rating GVWR These rat ings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information 9 17 TOWING A TRAILER Total trailer load nla esd kaz Tongue load Tongue load fan oa x hated x 100 9 to 11 Total trailer load 4A WARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can ad
245. iubshanctatiendescautiontune 4 19 Rear view monitor if SO equipped sssesesessesesesesseees 4 19 How to read the displayed lines 4 20 Rear view monitor Setting scecccsesceeeeeeseeeeeeeees 4 20 Operating pSr 4 20 V 21 e 6c ee re nee eee ere eee 4 21 Heater and air conditioner Automatic cece 4 23 Automatic OP CTANOM sssini 4 24 Manual operation sssscee ei cecateecn ec cacastgeceepeececeecseceeeectoeeee 4 25 Operating TDS ssseseseccescscavtacnstianspsccaapeienenntetmatieseteoticaioies 4 25 In cabin microfilter geemrerenrmrerrnre test rer enema tn ene screen i er 4 26 Servicing air Conditioner ssinosuaniectdacecassmnentansgooniannadeteeatnines 4 26 Adio SyS tO anairik aan nanna aariaa 4 27 FM radio reception sssssssssssssrsrssrsrersnsnesnnnensnsnennsnnnnnnnnens 4 27 AM radio reception sssssssssssssseresssesnsnsnennsnensnsnnsnsnsnsnnnnens 4 28 Satellite radio reception ss ssssssssssrssrsresreresrerssreresrersnns 4 28 Audio operation precautionS sseseseseerserns 4 28 FM AM SAT radio with CD player cece 4 33 FM AM SAT radio with cassette player and CD eL E geen one E amen err E ene eee 4 37 CD care and cleaning sssissicsssascsnsnneesansnsonireanccasasbsanennnae 4 42 Steering switch for audio control if so 216 V1 8 6 lt 16 sada 4 43 PUTS EAE A EA E ENA gee eases 4 44 Gar phone OF CB radio siise 4 44 SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM WARNING e Positi
246. ive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking trac tion tests and does not include accel eration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corre
247. k Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink later in this sec tion Instruments and controls 2 43 PROGRAMMING HomeLink HomeLink Universal Transceiver A WARNING To program your HomeLink Transceiver to op Wee rae erate a garage door gate or entry door opener e Do not use the HomeLink Universal home or office lighting you need to be at the Transceiver with any garage door same location as the device Note Garage door opener that lacks safety stop and openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling reverse features as required by fed code protection To program a garage door eral safety standards These
248. ks and the driving mode changes to 2WD This could reduce traction force remarkably Be especially care ful when towing a trailer AWD mod els Do not use 2 wheel chassis dyna mometers or 2 wheel free rollers AWD models Never operate the accelerator pedal with the front wheels raised and the rear wheels on the ground while jack ing up or with the front wheels on the roller and the rear wheels on the ground Otherwise the vehicle could jump AWD models When a wheel is suspended due to running off the road do not idle the wheel excessively AWD models When the vehicle is on a free roller or the front or rear wheels are jacked up do not start the engine AWD models IGNITION SWITCH Except for Intelligent Key equipped model On CVT Continuously Variable Transmission models the ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved toward LOCK When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON direc tion 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK position 4 Remove the key If the key is remove
249. l 8 32 Tire and Loading Information label 9 12 Tire CAINS eaoi etre cesta eee 8 38 Ailgsmel ticllgie nieno 7 3 Tire preSSUre eet eee ee en enema eer ere 8 30 Tire pressure information display 4 6 4 14 Tire pressure monitoring system Go eee eRe eee E 5 3 6 2 TUG TN ON cep seater tetas spe ceereseencteet 8 39 Types of tires siiin 8 37 Uniform tire quality grading 9 24 Wheel tire S126 sssssssssssssissssrsrssesnenenrernninnnnreneseenrnnns 9 9 Wheels and tires sssssssssssssssssrereerererrsnesisnerernnns 8 30 Tonneau COW SU eects erect sertcere seta traces te erenrecestrciee 2 36 Top tether strap child restraints 1 29 Towing Flat TOWING enni 9 23 Tow truck TOWING sseesessissssrsrssrsnsrrerennsrnnssrsnrnrerens 6 12 Towing SUS ccc cece et cece 9 18 Towing load specification Chart 9 18 TOWING Sabet ssis 9 20 Towing load specification Chart scsee 9 20 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring System 5 3 TPMS Tire pressure warning System 6 2 Trailer OWN eseoece cece ceutees h ma 9 18 Transceiver HomeLink Universal TRANISCEI G Mi erena a 2 43 Transmission Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Meuse essessesseeseesresrrsrirrrsrerrerrerrerrerr 5 13 Transmission selector lever lock release pe casivins tas eneotinadertnineeteennitvaseseneniaes 5 15 5 19 Transmitter With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key SyStem ssssessessseeeseees 3 20 Transmitter Without Intelligent
250. l D Drive or Manual shift mode the selector lever may not be moved to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 19 If it is necessary to park the vehicle push the shift lock release button then move the selector lever to the P Park To push the shift lock release button follow the procedure as illustrated If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible WARNING e If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others e Do not park the vehicle without shift ing to the P Park position Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend 5 20 Starting and driving ing on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerato
251. l possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and roll overs In a rollover crash an unbelted or improp erly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wear ing a seat belt Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later in this section 5 6 Starting and driving DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING 4A WARNING Never drive under the influence of alco hol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving af ter drinking alcohol increases the likeli hood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addition ally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underesti mate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that s true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs
252. l system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal Instruments and controls 2 15 The light will blink on for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or go off have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the light will illuminate The light will turn off in about 2 seconds if the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operational The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle 2 16 Instruments and controls dynamic control system s fail safe mode is op erating that is the system may
253. lammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator lamp MIL to illu minate If the enf lamp illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The vane lamp should turn off after a few SOON driving trips If the txane lamp does ENGINE SOON 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the Instruments and controls sec tion STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION The steering wheel will pop up when the lock lever is pulled as illustrated 1 Keep holding the lock lever an
254. laying copyright protection there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired desired order order 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems PRESET A B C h SEEK TRACK button CD slot Station and preset FM AM SAT SCAN button CD EJECT button CAT button POWER button VOLUME control knob DISP display button PRESET A B C button 10 CD button ON DO KR WO DN 11 12 13 14 PAUSE MUTE RDM PUSH AUDIO RADIO button PAUSE MUTE button TUNE up down TRACK up down and AU DIO button RPT repeat RDM random button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CD PLAYER No satellite radio reception is available when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing to the XM or SIRIUS satellite radio provider After receiving the acti vation signal an available channel list pil be automatically updated in the radio For XM turn the ignition switch from the LOCK to ACC position to update the channel list Satellite radio is not available in Alaska and Hawaii Audio main
255. ld being injured in a collision or a sud den stop greatly increases 1 36 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat instal lation on front passenger seat later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat Outboard position BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT OUTBOARD OR CENTER POSITIONS CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt auto matic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts When you install a booster seat in the rear seat follow these steps 1 Position the booster seat on the seat Only Center position place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Th
256. le could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse range Never back down in N Neu tral using only the brake as this could cause loss of control e Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough ter rain Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your ve hicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands In stead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle
257. lean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn SAI0030 Floor mat positioning aid Driver side only This model includes a front floor mat bracket A to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorpan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents EN
258. license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor poration Dolby NR and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation After 10 seconds the radio cassette tape or CD display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level push the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio cassette tape or CD display appears Display text To indicate the text push the AUDIO knob during CD or satellite radio playing BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE gt SSV Display mode To change the indicated text in display mode turn the tuning knob within 2 seconds 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Display select Display CD text To indicate the CD text push the pisp DisP button while the CD is playing The text will change as follows Bien DISC Display off TRACK Display MP3 WMA text To indicate the MP3 WMA text button while the CD is playing The text will change as follows push the eee FOLDER Display off TRACK NAME Display FM text To indicate the FM PS name push the button while the FM radio is playing The name will change as follows ON gt OFF gt ON When no data is available appear NO TEXT will Display satellite radio text To indicate the satellite radio text push the button while the satellite radio is playing The text will change as follows Channel number Chann
259. light This light comes on when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section P position selecting warning light for Intelligent Key system if so equipped The light blinks in red and warning buzzer beeps when the selector lever is not in the P position and you are outside the vehicle with the Intelli gent Key When the warning light blinks move the selector lever to the P position and return the ignition switch to the LOCK position Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch key is turned to ON and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is se curely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passen ger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied if so equipped For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See Seat belts in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the
260. ll be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 35 the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the POWER VOL control knob will start the com pact disc 3 1 inches 8 cm diameter discs can be used without an adapter CD PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the p i fast forward or K rewind button is pushed and hold while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed When the gt I button is pushed for less than 0 5 second while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play fro
261. losing turn the key to the neutral position The door windows will open or close while turning the metal key See Doors earlier in this section Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds with the metal key removed from the ignition switch or the ignition switch not pushed in 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Sy SPA1951 OPERATION WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY AND VALET KEY If the Intelligent Key cannot be used because its battery is discharged use the metal key to lock or unlock the doors and use the mechanical key or the valet key which is registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo nents to start the engine Removing the mechanical key e Release the lock knob at the back of the intelligent key and remove the mechanical key e To install the mechanical key to the intelligent key securely lock the lock knob and then check that the mechanical key will not move CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with the mechanical key installed in it Locking unlocking the doors with the key mechanical key and valet key The doors can be locked unlocked by inserti
262. lot numbers will illuminate on the display PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play S FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the i fast forward or Ke rewind button is pushed and hold while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed When the gt gt I button is pushed for less than 0 5 second while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first pro gram will be played When the IK button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds the program being played returns to its beginning Push Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 41 several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed You can also skip the program by turning the
263. ls will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce ve hicle speed This combination will help stabi lize the vehicle Never increase speed e Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes e Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking ef ficiency e Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually e Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer e Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break e When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle
264. lt in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt See Seat belts in the 1 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section Also instruct your pas sengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 5 ON PAVEMENT AND OFFROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS AWD Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on pavement and offroad applica tions This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive ve hicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under offroad conditions lf at al
265. lugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance log but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing Always replace with recommended platinum tipped spark plugs AIR CLEANER To remove the filter from the air cleaner push down the lock pins and pull the unit upward D The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the separate Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be care ful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the engine hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blade contact the glass otherwise the arms may be damaged from wind pressu
266. m inside and outside the vehicle check for the following e The ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position e The Intelligent Key is not left inside the vehicle e Doors are closed securely e The selector lever is in the P position When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has one or both types of security systems as follows e Vehicle Security System if so equipped e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light in the meter panel VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the vehicle and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tr
267. m its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first pro gram will be played When the I lt button is pushed for less than 0 5 second the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed SCAN When the SCAN button is pushed while the CD is playing each track will play for about 10 seconds 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems To stop scanning push the SCAN button again RPT Rpm RPT Repeat RDM Random When the RPT RDM button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows TRACK RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 DISC RDM Fa lene When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it SEEK Ke TRACK pp PUSH POWER h CD LOAD button SEEK TRACK button CD slot Station and preset FM AM SAT CD insert eject or CD play select button SCAN button CD EJECT button CAT FOLDER button POWER
268. matically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Turn the fan control button control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed amp to manually Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button SS to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the S button will come on The air recirculation gt cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode Qg Fresh air Push the button amp to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the amp button will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be con trolled automatically To manually control the intake air push the air recirculate lt gt or fresh air amp button To return to the automatic control mode push the indicator illuminated but ton for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculate and fresh air buttons will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to j Air flows from center and side ventila tors s Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets Air flows from foot outlets and side ventilators Zy Air flows
269. must be followed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen ro If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S Z Wg Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In ad dition certain fluids contained in ve hicles and certain products of com ponent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other repro ductive harm 2005 NISSAN MOTOR CoO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN C
270. n an e Keep battery out of the reach of accident or sudden stop children 6 8 In case of emergency The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a bat tery always wear suitable eye protec tors for example goggles or indus trial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jew elry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other ob jects away from it Jumper cable connecting order O WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause per sonal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply parking brake Move the selector lever Vehicle with battery for Vehicle being jump started SCE0479 to the P Park position Switch off all unnec essary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with an old cloth as illustrated to reduce explosion haz ard Connect jumper cables in the seque
271. n or while the sun roof is closing CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before open ing e Do not place any heavy object on the sunroof or surrounding area If the sunroof does not close Have a NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof INTERIOR LIGHTS CEILING LIGHT The ceiling light has a three position switch When the switch is in the ON position 1 the light will illuminate When the switch is in the OFF position 2 the light will turn off When the switch is in the DOOR position 3 the light will illuminate when a door is opened The light will stay on for about 30 seconds when e The doors are unlocked by the remote key less entry system a key power door lock switch or using the Intelligent Key system while all doors are closed e The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch or the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position Intelligent Key system e The key is removed from the ignition switch or the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position Intelligent Key system while all doors are closed The ceiling light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when e The drivers door is locked by the remote keyless entry system a key or the power door lock switch e The ignition switch is turned ON When the ceiling light switch or map light switch or rear personal light switch is i
272. n stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds Selecting the memorized position 1 Set the sift selector lever to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat pedals Brake and Accel erator and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e when any two or more of the memory switches and the SET switch is simulta neously pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating e when the adjusting switch for the driver s seat pedals and outside mirror are operated while the automatic drive positioner is oper ating e when the memory switch 1 or 2 and the SET switch is not pushed for at least 1 second e when the seat has been already moved to the memorized position e when no seat position is stored in the memory switch e when the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner e when the shift selector lever is moved from the P position to any other position However it will not be cancelled i
273. n the ON position the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the ACC or OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position After the above procedure the ceiling map rear personal and vanity mirror lights will automati cally turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking with the remote keyless entry system a key the lock unlock switch or the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position Intelligent Key system e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well CAUTION e Turn off the ceiling map rear and vanity mirror lights when you leave the vehicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 41 Front MAP LIGHT To turn on the light push the plastic surface A of the light Push it again to turn off the light 2 42 Instruments and controls Rear REAR PERSONAL LIGHT The rear personal light has a three position switch A DOOR B OFF
274. nce as illustrated A gt gt gt In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING Do not start the engine by pushing 4A CAUTION again CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi 7 After starting your engine carefully discon tive and negative to body nect the negative cable and then the positive CVT models cannot be push started ground for example strut mounting cable Attempting to do so may cause trans bolt engine lift bracket etc not to 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be mission damage the battery sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the e Make sure that jumper cables do not vent holes as it may be contaminated with touch moving parts in the engine corrosive acid compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the other vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start your engine in the normal manner CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying 6 10 In case of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS WARNING e Do not continue to drive if your ve hicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot
275. nd release it it need not be held The window will automati cally open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch on the opposite side Auto reverse function if so equipped If the control unit detects something caught in a front window as it moves up the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when a front window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch Is turned to the ACC OFF or LOCK position The doors remain closed Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the win dow SUNROOF if so equipped AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is turned to the ACC OFF or LOCK position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To open the roof slide the switch to the S side 4
276. nd supplemental restraint system 1 21 Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces re quire that infants and small children be restrained in approved child restraints at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated WARNING e Improper use of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occu pants of the vehicle e Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be po sitioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place
277. nd turns off within 1 second When selecting LOCK mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate See Using all wheel drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section Continuously variable transmission CVT indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for 2 seconds Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Cruise set indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not func tioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Ig The front passenger air bag status light Be will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passen ger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN advanced air bag system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected SERVICE i ENGINE Malfunction indicator lamp MIL If the
278. ndicator light 2 14 Cruise set indicator light sindwneneuatewnices 2 14 Front passenger air bag status indicator Ke a aeeeene eee ere eee nn ee eee 2 14 High beam indicator light sessen 2 14 Malfunction indicator light sccccerccceeevegevecs 2 14 Secunty indicator ighi ssis 2 15 Slip indicator light sssessssseseessssessrserereeresrerrerrenens 2 15 Turn signal hazard indicator light sses 2 16 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator Vi CUA cxcasesesasciseerituectronsiecayebenapaneeeoteneeheseiccmreneedesstaeee 2 16 Inside Automatic anti glare MITO ssssessesrssiss 3 31 MITO eneee E 3 30 Inspection maintenance I M test seeseeeee 9 26 Instrument brightness Control cceeeeeeees 2 26 Instrument panel ssesssssssssrssrsrssrersnesnsrnsrnnnnrnnnnesnenesnrnnns 2 2 Intelligent Key system Engine starting sssssssssseesrssssrenssrerenienennninnnsnsnnsnene 3 13 Key operating range ssssssssssrsrrsrerrsrenesnsnesnrnenn 3 15 Key OperatiOn sesssissisreeriineniieursienirirrnnnnrrecneninena 3 12 Mechanical key and valet key 3 23 Operating the engine sssssessesessesrrsreeresrerrerenens 3 13 Remote keyless operation ssessersrrrere 3 20 Trouble shooting guide sesser 3 19 Warning DA aisen 2 11 Warning signals sssssssesessssrsrsresrsrrrierrrrrssrenrrinrens 3 17 Intelligent key warning light essees 2 11 Interior light replacement sccceceeeeeeeeeees 8 29 aye Us a fe Lc kcemeremrecemeees teen teers meen
279. ndicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter but ton 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party r
280. nfla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level Starting and driving 5 3 to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indica tor is illuminated the system may not be able to d
281. ng hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and bat tery On gasoline engine models with the Multiport Fuel Injection MFI Sys tem the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be cause the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Never connect or disconnect the bat tery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never leave the engine or the CVT related component harness connec tor disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed en gine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the envi ronment Always conform to local regulations for disposal
282. ng the mechanical and valet key into the key cylin der in the driver s door in the same way as the ordinary key Starting the engine with the mechanical key and valet key 1 Securely depress the brake pedal 2 Insert the mechanical key or the valet key into the ignition switch 3 Turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion and start the engine 4 After starting the engine release the switch For important safety information see the 5 Starting and driving section Windows open close with the mechanical key See Opening and closing windows on the previous page Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 HOOD LIFT GATE SPA1947 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located e The power door lock system allows you to below the instrument panel the hood will A WARNING lock or unlock all doors including the lift gate then spring up slightly simultaneously 2 Move the lever 2 at the front of the hood e Make sure the hood is completely e Push the opener switch and pull up the lift with your fingertips and raise the hood closed and latched before driving gate to open 3 When closing the hood slowly close the Failure to do so could cause the hood hood and make sure it locks into place to fly open and result in an accident A WARNING e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to Do not drive with the lift gate open This avoid injury do not open the hood could allow dangerous
283. ng all wheel drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving AWD mode will change to 2WD mode Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the LOCK mode e If the AWD warning light blinks when you are driving e blinks rapidly about twice a sec ond Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again e blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds 2 10 Instruments and controls Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible or Anti lock brake system ABS warning light After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the light will illuminate The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the anti lock brake system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the anti lock function of the brake will cease operation
284. ng checks and adjustments for automatic drive positioner operation Forward and backward Moving the switch 1 forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the de sired position 1 4 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SPA1273C Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked SPA1275B Seat lifter if so equipped for driver s seat 1 Pull up or push down the switch 1 to adjust the seat height 2 Tilt up or down the switch T to adjust the seat angle Lumbar support if so equipped for driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Push each side of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT Folding Secure the seat belt at the belt hooks on the side wall See Seat belt hook later in this section 2 Secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See Stowing rear center seat belt later in this section 3 Put the seat belt buckle
285. ng signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control counterclockwise to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other result ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON for satellite radio to receive all of the neces sary data The satellite
286. nked cor ners the VDC system may not oper ate properly and the VDC OFF indi cator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than those recommended are used the VDC sys Starting and driving 5 33 tem may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indi cator or both indicator lights may illuminate e The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road 5 34 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information see Engine cooling sys tem in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maint
287. nnnnnenrnnnnnernnnnnrnrnne 2 39 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 53 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 54 2 13 Supplemental restraint System 1 39 Precautions on supplemental restraint Sy SS I e E tecececontiersaceeeptenedteeecantcuettaee 1 39 Switch FUTON GIA SWIC ic siionenrnri eenia ae 2 23 AWD lock switch operations eeeeeee 5 25 FOG GME SW elec lace date eeeaees 2 27 Hazard warning flasher Switch seess 2 27 Headlight aiming Control eee 2 25 Headlight Swithin 2 23 Power door lock SWIC isscactetecacecsecastisctiacenseedeaert 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWING hpsssnnra innn uiwnaeeent 2 22 Turn signal switch sssssssssssrssssssrerrsrsnssrenssesrneen 2 27 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 29 T TAC OMBTSN vcacscicccntsinesdesesuedavecattvasdestesssinevsseteeremuerlanexiens 2 4 Temperature gauge Engine coolant cliglOlelecidt gue 8 a lt ee eee annie nen eee a een 2 5 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Startsein iiis mere ener rreran mene 2 18 Three way GALAN SU cs arscsetts cece acct tbasucheccteseeterenectacsets 5 3 Tilting steering wheel cccescesctecssctctttvetsneomesenseccenesees 3 28 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Tires Flat HNE orisii eeeehe e ne EiS 6 2 Low tire pressure warning SyYStemM sesers 5 3 Spare tire temporary use only T type Sparo Me carseat rene eacometeats 8 41 Tire and Loading information labe
288. not be secured properly e The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH system This system may also be 1 28 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system com patible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for the seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint LATCH system restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When
289. not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steer ing maneuvers Starting and driving 5 35 ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped An engine block heater to assist extreme cold temperature starting is available through a NISSAN dealer 5 36 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency PLAE MIG pee once seescn seca E cece eeecse eee 6 2 If your vehicle overheats xcsicacivectctuestsccerseseccesccoccemscrsesteieate 6 11 Tire pressure monitoring system if so equipped 6 2 Towing your vehicle ss ssessssssssrsessssrsrsrerrrrsrerresrnrsrrreresrsrnns 6 12 Changing A ar TE sin 6 2 Towing recommended by NISSAN ccecceeeeeeees 6 13 Jura SAILING easar EE ii EEA NE 6 8 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 Push Staring sessios 6 10 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at
290. nt ssssssssessrsresrsrssesnsrisiererinnnesnenesnrnnns Engine Olennainen anann metas Power steering fluid sssssssssssrrisierrersssrrre Window washer fluid ssesssessesesrsessrererererrrereseee FM AM SAT radio with cassette player and OD playere FM AM SAT radio with CD player Fog light Switch s sssssesessssrseerersnsrrrenesrrrrnrnrnrnrerenennnnnee Front manual seat adjustment sssssssesserssrrrrsn Front passenger air bag and status light Front power seat adjustment Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel NUS CANNES sense ie Puel CCOROINY acantinendnnusiepieincisiienan Fuel octane rating ssseccepece etd eccedteereceeeistce Fuel TECOMMENC Al ONinsiceieiencaiierennia Fuel filler cap a enna eer Semernr neon mnt tere POS HTS NOON ecrraean ONC ces ces esac E eee area 2 5 FUSES srce E aati ances 8 21 Fusible links ssssssssssseseenssnsrsneresssrsrernsnerrrrnrenrnrnreennsnree 8 23 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver cacececicceetercesesticncsetudetesseesas einai 2 43 GaS CaP ire eter oes nae r ET iNi 3 26 GAUGE niei en EE ee en 2 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge sess 2 5 PUG BUGS cease seen iccssvernrtcenceqseveczcstonct panusiectizedveeenentss 2 5 Odometer geen ee eee ee eee errr er ieee 2 4 SP SSOOMEIE factor rrnnietoneciineunas 2 4 Tachometer ceo iaradereevcrereaderietecneedluaeieceaeatticeies 2 4 General maintemance sscsescsesceseseeseeeeeeeeeteetetens 8 2 Glove W 8 6 cree a p
291. nt contents hidden from the outside To use the tonneau cover pull it out 4 hang both sides on the hooks and open the flap To use the sub cover pull out 4 and hang both sides on the hooks behind the rear seat head restraint To stow the tonneau cover and the sub cover remove them from the hooks and hold until they are retracted To remove the tonneau cover stow the cover and pull the holder to the opposite side 6 WARNING e Never put anything on the tonneau cover no matter how small Any ob ject on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop e Close the tonneau and sub covers when folding the rear seat e Do not leave the tonneau cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the tonneau cover or items in the cargo area Remove the tonneau cover from the vehicle or secure it and any cargo Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before clos ing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected us
292. nureneereunrnnunennouenunnrnnae 2 23 Automatic Anti glare inside MIOT ssssssssssssssisrsrsrerssesrene 3 31 Automatic SUMO OT cecearscc tens vanctdacersrectacestercadacvers 2 39 Drive positioner ianceectee eters decease 3 33 Seat positioner camainenrierneanmeneten 3 33 Avoiding collision and rollOver 5 5 B Back door See lift ate c csessssssseseseeseeeees 3 24 Uy lee i erateccatcscresateneeiara cesta tees cette 8 14 Battery saver System sssssiseneiierirruecierecrenuin erci 2 25 Battery replacement Intelligent Key system sssessirirrseiriererireeireeersn 3 8 Remote keyless entry SYStOM ccscessseceesseesees 3 8 Before starting the engine ccseeeeeeee 5 12 Belts See drive belts csceccsscssscsssscrssccsssscereresecererse 8 16 Booster SAS srs 1 34 Brake Anti lock brake system ABS 5 31 Brake booster ssi terete 8 21 Brake tUid aac ctsta ieee sedated neaei 8 13 Brake pedal check ie ces cacteccsecsseacecetaserervatentracieres 8 20 Brake system eis Sicncareevthsatecinrneer dente ited eens 5 30 Parking brake Cheek rrecetcerterree ria 8 20 Parking brake operation sitcercrtetcrelccareiorsstiens 5 21 Warning light sssssssssssssssrsissrsnssssnsrrnrennsinnssrsnnnrnrsns 2 10 Break schedule isseire krseki ieia 5 23 Brightness control Instrument panel sses 2 26 Bulb check instrument panel scoccesccrrceteliumeenst 2 9 Bulb replacement ss coccrce stg erin eee ence eracrieeuas 8 27 C OI AI fiter nsciis 4 26 Cap
293. o return to normal operation CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from im proper towing procedures is not cov ered by NISSAN warranties Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specifications Chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum gross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S certification label The gross vehicle weight equals the com bined weight of the unloaded vehicle passen gers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed the gross axle weight rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S certification label Technical and consumer information 9 19 TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Unit Ib kg MODEL VQ35DE aa MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT 1 3 500 1 588 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 159 GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8 100 3 674 RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT 2 Sway Control Device SCD 1 All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires the use of trailer brakes NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3 000 Ib 1 361 kg 2 A sway control device is recommended for all tow
294. o the ON 1 46 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational PASS AIR BAG e OFF rv SSS0481 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light PASS AIR BAG The front passenger air bag status light o Is located on the map light cover The light oper ates as follows PASS AIR BAG e Unoccupied passenger seat The 8 iS OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 8 illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this section The g is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational
295. o unlock the door while pulling the door handle the door may not unlock In this case release the door handle and the door will unlock Pull the door handle again and the door will open The outside beep which indicates the lock and unlock functions can be canceled with the LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key see Operation with intelligent remote keyless entry system later in this section or the vehicle electronic system on the monitor see 4 Display screen heater air condi tioner and audio systems Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 SPA1921 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors and fuel filler door without taking the key out from your pocket Or purse 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch A or lift gate request switch B within the range of operation Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position Remove the key if any key is in the ignition switch 1 2 2 Close all the doors 3 3 Push any door handle request switch or lift gate request switch while carrying the Intel ligent Key with you 4 4 All the doors including the lift gate and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and out side buzzer sounds twice The hazard indicator and buzzer mode can be changed
296. ocking up the actuator under the hood rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure like pumping the brakes very quickly While the actuator is working you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from the actuator under the hood This is normal and indicates that the anti lock system is working properly However the ABS operation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of electronic sensors electric pumps and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the computer senses any malfunction it switches the anti lock brake sys tem off and turns on the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance Starting and driving 5 31 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelerating or driving on a slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors If the light comes on during the self test or while driving take the vehicle to a NISSAN
297. of the Intelligent request switch operation can be set as desired Select the Intelligent Key lock response Sound key then push the ENTER button to change the sound pattern Intelligent Key Unlock Response Beep Sound if so equipped The beep sounds when unlocking door with the Intelligent request switch can be turned on or off Return All Settings to Default When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by VEHICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the initial conditions Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 SYSTEM SETTINGS Language Unit Beep Setting System settings Language Unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and pushing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button ON The displayed time advances by one hour OFF The current time is displayed Adjusting the time to the GPS Select the Auto Adjust key CLOCK SETTINGS Hours lt gt eae aE 09 47 The time will be reset to the GPS time ae GPSTime 09 47 Daylight Saving Time Select Time Zone Pacific Clock Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and move the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step
298. of vehicle fluid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating difficul ties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS i Gis MA E Power steering fluid reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Windshield washer fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Drive belts o M oo SS SS Radiator filler cap oO Engine oil dipstick 10 Fuse fusible link holder 11 Battery Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round antifreeze cool ant solution The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Wait until the en gine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pres su
299. on with the mechanical key later in this section for how to remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key 4A WARNING e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves that can adversely affect medi cal electric equipment e If you have a pacemaker you should contact the medical equipment manufacturer to ask if it will be af fected by the Intelligent Key signal Record the key number on the key number plate metal tag and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet NOT IN THE VEHICLE A key number plate is supplied with your key Keep the plate in a safe place NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the pur chase and use of an additional Intelligent Key contact a NISSAN dealer The valet key cannot be used for the glove box and console box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built in trans mitter To avoid damaging it please note the following Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is com pletely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in
300. ond used by a digital music files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency The rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from ana log to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks and trademarks in the United States of America and other countries of Microsoft Corporation of the USA 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems ROOT FOLDER FOLDER MP3 or WMA SAA1025 Playback order Music playback order of the CD with MP3 or WMA is as illustrated above e The folder names of folders not containing MP3 WMA files are not shown in the display e f there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed e The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order S
301. oning of the heating or air con ditioning controls and display con trols should not be done while driv ing in order that full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice rN any abnormality such as a frozen a SETTING MNT screen or lack of sound Continued ae use of the system may result in acci dent fire or electric shock e Incase you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell com ing from it stop using the system immediately and contact a NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may 1 TRIP button lead to accidents fire or electrical FUEL ECON button 2 shock 3 Clock adjust button 4 TRIP RESET button E M button DAY NIGHT button BACK button JOYSTICK and ENTER button CO N O O 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 9 SETTING button 10 MAINT maintenance button Make sure the engine is running before using this system If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick Push the ENTER button only when the u
302. or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock brake system warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the anti lock brake warning light illuminate it may indicate the anti lock brake system is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer See Anti lock brake warning light earlier in this section Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is ON Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light blinks or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The oil pressure warning light is not de signed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself
303. ot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as Safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle is designed to move to the E Empty position when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters Empty Instruments and controls 2 5 The low fuel warning light comes on when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The fh indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ENGNE malfunction indicator lamp MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the ENGINE lamp should turn off If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator lamp MIL later in
304. ot Keep people ani mals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system compo nents e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three way catalyst s abil ity to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle in spected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warm ing it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS if so equipped Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire i
305. ot use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal in jury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to in stall child restraints If the child re straint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush the webbing wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are com pletely dry e f dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the ve hicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe acci dent
306. ou Ultimately controls section the responsibility for safety of self and e Indicator light others rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness e When replacing tires install the 5 32 Starting and driving If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and VDC OFF indicator lights illumi nate in the instrument panel As long as these indicators are illuminated the VDC system function is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited Slip ABLS system to improve vehicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other driving wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC system turned off all VDC system functions and TCS functions will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the VDC system off When the ABLS system is activated the SLIP indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indica tion of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or feel a vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in diag nostic feature that tests
307. ove more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a differ ent child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 LATCH LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM 1 LATCH lower anchor points right 2 LATCH lower anchor points left 3 LATCH label The LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren anchor points are located in the seat cushions of the rear outboard seating positions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors WARNING e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not se cured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an acci dent e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will
308. pe A HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting 1 Turn the switch to the paz position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on 2 Turn the switch to the g0 position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on SIC 1961 Type B CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery SIC2051 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF paz or 4 position Instruments and controls 2 23 The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark turn off the head lights when it is light and keep the headlights on for up to 45 seconds after you turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and open any door then close all the doors The headlight off time can be adjusted on the system setting display See the 4 Display screen heater air condi tioner and audio system section If the ignition switch is turned OFF and one of the doors is opened and this condition is con tinued the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes 2 24 Instruments and controls SIC 2052
309. pecification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet Supported file systems ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not sup ported PEGI MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Tag information Song title and Artist name a VERA DEE RASE A AAE E oe WN WA vino WMA Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Folder levels Displayable character codes 2 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files
310. plemental restraint system SSS0059A 4A WARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag The supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Al ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Na l O SSS0188A The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to ex tend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some ex amples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be espe cially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental sid
311. portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 e Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 4 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures All U S states and provinces of Canada require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated WARNING e Improper use of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occu pants of the vehicle e Follow all of the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your ve hicle e If the booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a chi
312. properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the warning light will illuminate If you select the tire pressure information if so equipped in 2 12 Instruments and controls the display the FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed The tire pressure for each tire will also be displayed When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the light OFF For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt b
313. proximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered NVIS key If this procedure allows the engine to start NISSAN recommends placing the registered NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid inter ference from other devices 5 12 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Maintenance items should be checked peri odically for example each time you check engine oll e Check that all windows and lights are clean e Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper infla tion e Lock all doors e Position seat and adjust head restraints e Adjust inside and outside mirrors e Adjust the pedal position e Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P preferred The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is in one of the driving posi tions 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine sta
314. r pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate above approximately 40 to 50 MPH 65 to 80 km h Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may come on to indicate the fail safe mode is activated see Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in the 2 Instrument and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then turn the switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operat ing condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary WARNING When the high fluid temperature protec tion mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually re duced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If necessary pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have it repaired if necessary PARKING BRAKE m SPA2126 To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 2 Firmly apply the foot brake Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released Before
315. r bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag systems The supplemental side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions al 1 50 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system though they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain side impact and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of roll over collisions or near rollovers Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as
316. r lever tothe P Park posi 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into tion h h ked loping dri e Do not stop or park the vehicle over E eee eee way it is a good practice to turn the wheels E EES materials ais dry ne ilacstraied grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle Starting and driving 5 29 e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the key 5 30 Starting and driving POWER STEERING The power assisted steering is designed to use a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns or at low speeds WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be mu
317. raking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunc tioning If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not origi nally specified by NISSAN could af fect the proper operation of the TPMS CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Besure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Low washer fluid warning
318. ration 20770 Westwood Dr Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 Technical and consumer information 9 27 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for the model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Dr Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual please con tact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN Dealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfaction Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep resentative will assist you Also available are Genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies rou tinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using 9 28 Technical and consumer information parts made to NISSAN s original exacting speci fications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to dam
319. re e Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your wind shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself rinse the blade with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and the windshield wiper switch ON Turn the ignition switch OFF when the wiper is in the fully up position The wiper will stop as illustrated The wiper should be in the fully up position to avoid scratching the engine hood or wiper arm 2 Pull the wiper arm up Hold the wiper arm to avoid hitting the windshield and damaging the glass 3 Push the release tab a and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove 4 Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper arm until a click sounds If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer noz
320. re fluid escaping from the radiator Wait until the engine and radiator cool down e See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineral ized or distilled water The use of other types of engine coolant may damage the cooling system Deminer alized water distilled water Outside temperature down to Anti freeze C F CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN 2 open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX 1 level If the reservoir tank is empty add the coolant to the reservoir tank up to the MAX 1 level If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Contact a NISSAN dealer if replacement is required e Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual e Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance
321. release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in po sition e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position ee best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the SSS0231 SSS0391 chance or severity of injury in an accident Seat belt hook REAR CENTER SEAT BELT When folding down the rear seat hook the rear The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue seat belt at the belt hook 4 and a seat belt tongue 2 Both the con nector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation The connector tongue should always be connected except when folding down the rear seat Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 SSS0241 4A WARNING e Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown e Always make sure both the connec tor tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt Do not use it with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop 1 18 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Stowing rear center seat belt When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows 1 Hold the connector tongue so tha
322. required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emis sion control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal operat ing temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the a
323. reren eeenee erent 2 41 ISOFIX child Stra nt isocncta cater sestoeetennterceneetetiowete 1 28 J JAMA Staring inaani enone 6 8 K Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key Sy STN Nearest eecaneeeeteacceernen neers 3 20 Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry SYSt M ssssscsssesessseseeseeseeseeeees 3 5 KYSin raed teri nace trersiaoum ieee atarndacamrvens 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system secssecceesree 3 9 10 4 Labels Air bag warning labels ccccceeceee Air conditioner specification label Emission control information label Engine serial NUMber seccccccssesactsceccsetecnctecccrcrscers F M V S S certification label see Tire and Loading Information label Vehicle identification number VIN LATCH SyS eMe a License plate Installing front license plate Ligate c deenceees teers ercstenesceregeatlaencaeneies Light Bulb replacement ci arssccecexcrspsascsensesescnateeareceeantens Ceiling light aecoersetieeteeeecrei ce reetesticeearnaendeee Fog light SWitGRescssnnaieninenemai Headlight switch ssssssssssssssssressnesnsrnnnsnenrensnesnennnne Headlights bulb replacement Indicator lights sssesssssssesissssrsrssrsrrrrerrrsrsnnsrsrenrenns Interior ghtSsiisisnksii er eee Luggage hight ssis sniiseniiuniisisieiinss Map lohi cepa cence creek crest enkidecettaaieedentewenedseee Rear personal light sccccditetecitmcan ReplacemeMt siirs
324. ric shock CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from it HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance and distances to objects with reference to the bumper line a are displayed on the monitor They are indicated as reference distances to objects Displayed lines indicate distances 1 5 feet red 4 3 feet yellow 2 7 feet green 3 and 10 feet green 4 from the lower part of the bumper line A The vehicle clearance lines are wider than the actual clearance 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems REAR VIEW MONITOR SETTING 4A WARNING Do not adjust the Brightness Contrast Tint and Color of the rear view monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied and the engine is not running To adjust the Brightness Contrast Tint and Color of the rear view monitor push the SET TING button with the rear view monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the joystick OPERATING TIPS e When the selector lever is shifted to R the monitor screen automatically changes to the rear view monitor mode However the radio can be heard e It may take some time until the rear view monitor is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R Objects may be dis torted momentarily until the rear view monitor screen is displayed compl
325. rightness to Darker or Brighter the contrast to Lower or Higher using the joystick Display Off To turn off the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Display Off key The indicator of the Display Off will turn on When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Display Off key then set the screen to on by pushing the ENTER button Setting Audio or HVAC display Choose the Audio or HVAC Heater and air conditioner key to be displayed at the bottom by using the joystick The audio or HVAC heater air conditioner setting condition will normally appear on the screen To return to the setting screen push the SETTING button or BACK button VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Adjust Driver Seat When Exiting Vehicle Selective Door Unlock Keyless Remote Response Horn Keyless Remote Response Lights Lock and Unlock Vehicle electronic systems The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will appear when selecting the Vehicle Elec tronic Systems key with the joystick and push ing the ENTER button You can set the various electronic systems operating conditions To set an operating condition select t
326. rivers side door handle request 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise A to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratchet ing clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder 8 while refueling WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and SPA1581A highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seri ously injured if it is misused or mis handled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refu eling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system An in correct cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It SERVICE could also cause the ENGINE malfunc tion indicator lamp to come on Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of f
327. rmal parking position a The ignition switch can only be locked in the LOCK position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed in and turned to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position O This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories START This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the knob immedi ately It will automatically return to the ON posi tion The ignition switch cannot be turned back to the LOCK position unless the selector lever is in P position It can be turned only to the posi tion CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the igni tion switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an ex tended period This can discharge the battery Starting and driving 5 11 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM NVIS The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered NVIS key If the engine fails to start using the registered NVIS key it may be due to interference caused by another NVIS key an automated toll road device or an automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for ap
328. rn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and push the door handle request The doors cannot be locked switch or the lift gate request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with Close all the doors securely and push the door handle request switch or the lift gate sala switch while carrying the Intelligent ey wit h you The outside buzzer sounds for approxi The ignition switch is not turned to the Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi mately 10 seconds LOCK position tion The key warning light in the instrument When closing the doors anel blinks in red and the outside The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you uzzer sounds 3 times The A w h for approxi The Intelligent Key has been left in the ve Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock hicle and close the door The outside buzzer sounds for approxi The Intelligent Key has been left in the trunk Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle Whon joking We doors mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock room and close the door When Goenine the divers The ignition switch is not in the LOCK posi a Me ignition wito te te LUCR ppal clear Pore A warning chime sounds continuously tion or the mechanical key or valet key is R m PE eg inserted into the ignition switch ihe Pease sag pl oy Ot MAINS When stopping the engine Le tant wang an inane The selector lever is not in the P pos
329. rohibited according to loca tion Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are de termined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected e Never install tire chains on TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tires e Do not use tire chains on dry roads Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with
330. round as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the drive train 6 14 In case of emergency SCE0531 VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle Remove the hook cover from the bumper using a suitable tool Securely install the hook The hook is stored with jacking tools Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use Te SCE0444 Tie down and recovery hook WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Pull devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the ste
331. rrnrnsrenns 9 27 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry System Except Intelligent Key system 3 5 System For Intelligent Key system sess 3 20 Reporting safety defects US only ssssssee 9 25 S Safety Child seat peltS ssisisisrrsnisasresi nsaisan 1 12 Reporting safety defects US only 9 25 TOWING safetysssenianiinien 9 20 Satety Chaise 9 21 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 3 Front power seat adjustment seses 1 4 Rear seat adjustment cccececeeceeeeseeeteteeeeeees 1 5 Seat belt s Child SAN CY prani 1 12 i UN dice ore relate eect aa 1 13 Injured POISONS cng eudeveownteeeraceuaees 1 13 Larger children er ncn etme et enn iei 1 13 Pre tensioner seat belt system sesser 1 52 Precautions on seat belt usage esses 1 10 Pregnant WWONTE Micsivccszssesineevenevesianvecevornntevoccentes 1 13 Rear center seat Delt sessccceccccccecssescecdeserenteccsties 1 17 Seat belt cleaning eccictet cece eee ees 7 5 Seat belt extenders nineteen 1 20 Seat belt NOC cei eee eee 1 17 Seat belt maintenance eee 1 20 Seat belt warning light and chime 0 2 13 Seat belts nerean einen 1 10 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 16 Small childr eMserisreserssr tere errors enererr eraser 1 13 Three point type with retractor 1 14 Seat s Driver side MOMONY cisssciseeceuitecreecestreuncicresseesnncats 3 33 Heated SOAS oi eceirececceccs les tee ctos
332. rts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure e lf the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e Ifthe engine is very hard to start because It is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the en gine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again other wise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the en gine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE CVT Continuously Variable Transmission Gate typ
333. rward until it is horizontal at low to medium speeds in which it is said that A WARNING whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head e Always adjust the head restraints l ook a w restraints return to their original positions properly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce Properly adjust the active head restraints as the effectiveness of the active head described in the previous section restraint e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly en courages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most states provinces or territories re quire that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly ad justed
334. s into the seat cush ion See Storing rear seat belt buckles later in this section Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Remove the head restraints See Head re straint adjustment later in this section Remove any cups from the rear cup holder and make sure the rear cup holder is empty Close the tonneau sub cover if so equipped from each rear seatback Pull the strap on the rear seat A or pull the lever beside the cargo area and fold the seatback When returning the seatbacks be sure to install the head restraints and attach the rear center seat belt connector WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in seri Ous injury in an accident or sudden stop It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously in jured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide signifi cant protection against injury in
335. s of vehicles 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 SSS0258A Rear center seat 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended At this time the belt retractor hear and feel the latch engage is in the automatic locking mode child re Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac straint mode It reverts back to emergency turer s instructions for belt routing locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 1 26 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled SSS0259A SSS0260A 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the beltto 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint remove any slack in the belt use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not m
336. se switch 3 It returns to the normal compass mode within 10 seconds of no switch activity Instruments and controls 2 7 4 If the vehicle changes zone repeat steps 1 thru 3 See map e f the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer e The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct com pass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabilized CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass e When cleaning the mirror use a pa per towel or similar material damp ened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing 2 8 Instruments and controls WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models or warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped KEY o D Low fuel warning light CHECKING BULBS Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition switch to ON without starting the engine The following lights will come on SEAVICE
337. se to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
338. se glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the win dow do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based dis infectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster ele ments ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheel if not removed CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel M
339. se of it is instructed on the display HOW TO USE BACK BUTTON Finish setup If you push the BACK button after the setup is completed the display will return to the previous screen 0 00 Li TRIP 1 Elapsed Time 0 01 1 7 Driving Distance 0 0 miles HOW TO USE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following modes will display on the screen TRIP 1 TIME DIST AVG TRIP 2 TIME DIST AVG gt OFF Elapsed Time Driving Distance and Average Speed will be displayed To reset select the Reset key using the joy stick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP RESET or TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds Li FUEL ECONOMY 0 00 eee OL LD Average Fuel Economy Fuel Economy 30 MPG Distance to Empty 0 xx miles HOW TO USE FUEL ECON BUTTON Average Fuel Economy and Distance to Empty will be displayed for reference when the FUEL ECON button is pushed To reset select the Reset key using the joy stick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP RESET or TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 3 CLOCK SETTINGS Hours lt gt Minutes lt q gt CLOCK The digital clock displays time when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON If the battery cable is disconnected the clock will not ind
340. seconds DISP Display select Display CD text To indicate the CD text push the button while the CD is playing The text will change as follows ows Display off a TRACK Display FM text To indicate the FM PS name push the button while the FM radio is playing The name will change as follows ON gt OFF gt ON When no data is available NO TEXT will appear Display satellite radio text To indicate the satellite radio text push the button while the satellite radio is playing The text will change as follows ere number Channel eee Channel title Channel name 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems When no data is available will appear FM AM SAT radio operation RADIO FM AM SAT radio select The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless the optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Pushing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM FM SAT Satellite When the RADIO button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the power knob is turned to ON If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pushed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM st
341. setinssetnssetinseeenaee Bicester Saat iasiciation en fon passend t injured POSE SONS sessen eneee aaia E 1 13 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 14 SOA EEEE earnest accent eee 1 38 Rear center Seat Delt ccssssesseeseesesssessseeseeeees 1 17 Supplemental rasarit SY SUE MM enia Cereneensenee genres 1 33 Seat belt extenders s ssssrssrssuusrurnunureurerrnurenernnrnnsnenes 1 20 Precautions on supplemental Cee ey SU nis 193 Seat belt Maintenance c ccscessessssssesssessecsssssssssseess 1 20 NISSAN advanced air bag system front seats 1 45 Child restraints sssrinin aoai 1 21 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 93 Precautions on Child restraints 1 21 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 54 SEATS SS0133B A WARNING e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this sec tion e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries 1 2 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT WARNING After adjustment gently rock in t
342. shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoul der Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point type seat belt with retrac tor earlier in this section 7 When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the passenger air bag status light eB May or may not be illuminated depend ing on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passen ger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supple mental air bags NISSAN advanced air bag system front seat side impact supplemental air bags curtain side impact and rollover air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the face and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental
343. shown This label contains valuable vehicle in formation such as Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Ve hicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown Technical and consumer information 9 1 1 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed Loading Information label affixed to the drivers inside of the hood as shown door center pillar 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag T e License plate bracket icense plate one e Screw x 2 e Bolt grommet x 2 nice e Se e Bolt x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket and mark the pilot hole points using holes A 2 Remove the license plate bracket 3 Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur 4 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 5 Install the license plate bracket with bolts 6 Install the license plate with screws
344. sponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emis sion warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet that comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Infor mation Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National High way Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in a
345. ssrssssssrsrsresnsrsnsnsnnsnsnsnsnnnnens 9 14 LOGGING Tp espere a 9 16 Payload weight capacity ssssesesessrsrsrsesersrsrersnsnnsrsrsnns 9 17 Measurement of weights ecceseeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 17 Towing a iraile scassosisisscssmassstneeinan aa 9 18 Maximum load NMS wercososascsacsetdcacenconicnsncatetiaarcaninn 9 18 Towing load specification Chart csscesesee 9 20 TOWING SAE Wessie case ec cept teteaceet ciate ce eteateces 9 20 SEE a e A Seen ne A eee er ve 9 23 Gl alifeleubtlecwe Urn ms ects ale perenne reenter rerenet serene rrr 9 24 Emission control system warranty 9 25 Reporting safety defects US only cccssseseseseseeeeseees 9 25 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test UGOY ceased ascetics EES 9 96 Event data recorders egos asecd ceca tcc acta ccee ee cecee 9 27 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 27 In the event of a collision eeteeeeceeeeeeeteeeeteeeeees 9 28 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended ae mp Liter specifications measure measure Fuel 21 5 8 gal 18 gal 82 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil 6 Drain and refill Wi
346. ssssseserisrrrsn 2 25 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItCh s sss sssssssesssresrersrinesesnenesnnnnns 2 22 Dimensions and weightS s sessssssssssersrssrsresssrsnisrernne 9 9 Display controls See control panel buttons With navigation SyYStemM ssssssssrerrerrsrrrresrerrsrrsrrnrese 4 11 Display controls See control panel buttons Without navigation System weescsrsascrssnetensnnensestcervannt 4 2 Door open warning Iight cc seseeeeeeeeees 2 11 Door pockets mimanimaissesninein ei 2 35 Drive beltSerrcscc aa 8 16 Drive posSItioner ssssssssrssssreresrsrenisnrnnsienenrsnenesnnnnnnnnns 3 33 Driving All wheel drive AWD seses 5 24 Cold weather driving 0 sssssesecsseeseseeeeiees 5 34 Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission anrsiniinimrenni inii 5 13 On pavement and offroad driving 5 6 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Galety PICCAUNO NS ssion aniannmaniuis 5 6 E Economy FUG esata tes cazotiexacacorincsintctssentanictenantacaneauatens 5 24 Emergency Unlock level iscecccciscscesssesssesccrsecrcenrastesas 3 25 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 9 25 Engine Before starting the engine ceeeeeeee 5 12 Break in SOME UIC sccetecerececnicedscerectectervetenecueraees 5 23 Capacities and recommended fuel U a reve pic lepeetre ne emer tere ee eer eee 9 2 Changing engine Coolant nccdiccenamnnnseed
347. stan opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button dards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then auto matically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety stan dards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death e During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are program ming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the 2 44 Instruments and controls 1 To begin push and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light A blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink sur face 3 SIC3041 Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink T
348. stems System Settings x Guidance Volume MNO Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON The SETTINGS screen will appear when the SETTING button is pushed DISPLAY SETTINGS Brightness Contrast Map Background Display Off Lower Display Setting Audio HVAC Display settings The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear when selecting the Display key and pushing the ENTER button Brightness Contrast Map Background To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness Contrast Map Background key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter the contrast to Lower or Higher using the joystick The Map Background is related to the navigation Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 system Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Display Off To turn off the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Display Off key The indicator of the Display Off will turn on When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display in the Audio HVAC Heater and air conditioner To turn on the screen push the SETTING button and select the
349. ster before you wash the rear window CAUTION e If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reser voir tank with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concen trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s rec ommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reser voir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls 2 21 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the switch on 4 The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster 2 2
350. switch will not return to LOCK e Securely return the ignition switch to LOCK e Set the parking brake Failure to do so could result in unexpected vehicle movement and could lead to severe injury INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can be used only when you carry the key with you and operate as specified in the operating range inside or outside the vehicle When the Intelligent Key battery runs down or where there are strong radio waves or noise the operating range may be narrower or the key may be inoperative Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 switch or the lift gate request switch is shown in the illustration 4 31 5 in 0 8 m from the door handle request switch s S TE LLLILDLE LLL LL 2 31 5 in 0 8 m from the lift gate request Y switch UY If you are too close to the door or door glass Yj the Intelligent Key may not operate jE eee ee O N NS If the Intelligent Key is in the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to lock unlock the doors by pushing the door handle request switch or the lift gate request switch Operating range for engine start function The operating range for starting the engine is inside the vehicle e If the Intelligent Key is on the instrument panel inside the glove box or door pocket or the corner of interior compartment it may not be possible to start the engine Operating rang
351. t always an indication of proper supplemental air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle switches occupant classifica Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 tion sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage of the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occu pants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the sys tem If you have any questions about your air bag system contact a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modifications of
352. t belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front passenger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supple mental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors
353. t belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status SSS0131B light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN advanced air bag system if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or 1 40 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemen tal front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The air bag system moni tors the severity of a collision and then inflates the air bags based on belt usage Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sen sor pressure sensor that turns
354. t caught MEMO Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 MEMO 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation s s ssssssssersrensrerennrnenrnrnnnrnenennenn nes 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number ssssssssssess 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations seesvccdicaosssscccccesdenntntwocsevbenecsanisakecaacoiorends 9 6 SpecificahonS ys cexcce cn ccsasasaaatanacccecageteneatatiantcansenerencepseeitmt 9 8 R EA E EA errr re E T errr 9 8 Wheels and rog surisi 9 9 Dimensions and weights sssssssssssssssrsressrnsusnsnnsesnsnsnsnnens 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COY aeaiia a E A A 9 10 Vehicle identification esesesesesesesesennsrensnsnensnrnenrnrnrnnnnnnenne 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number Chassis number 9 10 Engine seral NUMDET isisisi 9 11 F M V S S certification label sescssescssacsocsensccstecssavestncns 9 11 Emission control information label sesse 9 11 Tire and loading information label sses 9 12 Air conditioner specification label sesse 9 12 Installing front license plate s ssssseesesersrsrsrrrsrsrernrsn 9 13 Vehicle loading information s s ssssssssrssssssrsrsresnsnsnsnsnesnsnsnns 9 14 TOR eee a 9 14 Vehicle load capacity sssss
355. t crectineiccentarctoceeidts 2 25 STELEI dee ee eee 1 2 Security indicator light sssssssrirsisisisrerisresserinrnisnsns 2 15 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start cscsssssssssssssesssssseeseseeseees 2 18 Security system Vehicle security system 2 17 Selector lever Shift lock release 5 15 5 19 Servicing air conditioner eee 4 23 4 26 Shift lock release Transmission essc 5 15 5 19 Shifting CVT Continuously Variable Transmission ccvacadvnussswerenraicesevevevauesseaevessxtncwssenessasnsees 5 13 Shoulder belt height adjustment s sssseeseseeseeses 1 16 Slip indicator light s ssssessessrseesresresnerrenenrsrenrsnrenennree 2 15 Spark pl gS ernier e ai 8 16 Spe dometel reenen ranka EE 2 4 Starting Before starting the engine 5 12 Jump starting sssssesesssssrsrssssrsnssnnnnnnrnrsrennnrnnsnenennene 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 ene a 9 eer eee ere eee cee 6 10 Starting the CONG wchenerteeeet eee 5 12 Status light Front passenger air bag n se 1 47 Steering Power steering fluid sesser 8 12 Power steering SyStemM ssesrsieerreririrerrrrerrreen 5 30 Tilting steering wheel ssssssssssssrsrirrsisrrre 3 28 Steering switch for audio CONTIOI c cece 4 43 Stora GE een nee ener re 2 31 SuN shad Een ne eer ne ere rien en are ter 2 39 SUN VISOS arisane a TeK EREE 3 30 SUNOG area eer eee races 2 39 10 6 Automatic SUNIOOF ssessessnssone
356. t for top tether installation store it securely to prevent it from causing injury to passengers or dam age to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Always re place it and adjust properly when top tether is no longer in use e The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the tonneau cover or items in the cargo area Remove the tonneau cover from the vehicle or secure it and any cargo Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position First adjust the seatback so that it is upright Then secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt or the LATCH system outboard positions as applicable For the center position re move the anchor cover from the anchor point as illustrated Keep the removed cover in a secure place to prevent loss or damage Remove the head restraint from the seatback Store it in a secure place Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instruction to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety seats seat
357. t surface e After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e After driving on coastal roads e When contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e When dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or a general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make s
358. t the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Inserting a suitable tool such as key A into the connector buckle and release the con nector tongue 1 Secure the seat belt tongue into the retractor base first 2 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 3 WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is com pletely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop Attaching rear center seat belt Always be sure the rear center seat belt connec tor tongue and connector buckle are attached Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle 1 Pull out the connector tongue from the re tractor base 1 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retrac tor base 2 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks 3 The center seat belt connector tongue and buckle are indicated by the V and A mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt connector buckle To fast
359. tances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floorpan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care sec tion Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the ve hicle from moving Move the selector lever to the P Park position e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e Your vehicle is equipped with an au tomatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not run ning To avoid injury always discon nect the negative battery cable be fore working near the fan e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothi
360. ted in the display Use the keyfob or 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems the Intelligent Key to return to the previ ous mode Auto Re Lock Time The length of the auto door re lock time can be set Select the Auto Re Lock Time key then move the joystick and push the ENTER button to adjust the time Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights Automatic light illumination can be set as de sired Select the Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights key then move the joystick to the left lower or right higher Automatic Headlights Off Delay You can control how long it takes the automatic turn off timer to extinguish the headlights in the AUTO position Select the Automatic Headlights Off Delay key then move the joystick to the left or right to adjust the timer Intelligent Key Lock Response Sound if so equipped The sound pattern of the Intelligent request switch operation can be set as desired Select the Intelligent Key lock response Sound key then push the ENTER button to change the sound pattern Intelligent Key Unlock Response Beep Sound if so equipped The beep sounds when unlocking door with the Intelligent request switch can be turned on or off Return All Settings to Default When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by VEHICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the initial conditions SYSTEM SETTING
361. telli gent Key is near the vehicle such as when standing near the vehicle with the Intelligent Key in your pocket or purse it allows the vehicle to be locked or unlocked And when you are inside the vehicle while carrying the Intelligent Key with you it allows the engine to be started without inserting the key to the ignition switch It is also possible to use the remote keyless entry func tion CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you e Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key inside e The Intelligent Key may not function correctly depending on the environment or operating conditions It could also malfunction if you do not use it cor rectly e The Intelligent Key transmits faint radio waves In the following situations the Intelli gent Key and remote keyless entry func tions may not operate correctly and you may have to use the metal key me chanical key or valet key e when there are strong signals com ing from a television tower power station or broadcasting station e when you have wireless equipment or a cellular phone with you e when the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by a metallic mate rial e when radio wave type remote control entry is used nearby e when the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer The Intelligent Key continually con sumes battery power as the key receives a signal to communicate
362. tery CR2025 or equiva lent Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated 1 5 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the Intelligent Key FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules the certification number These limits are designed to provide rea sonable protection against harmful inter ference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruc tions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not oc cur in a particular installation If this equip ment does cause harmful interference to Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer
363. th oil filter change 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 4 0 e API Certification Mark 2 3 0 API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving 2 3 Without oil filter change 3 7 8 qt 3 1 4 qt 3 7 e ILSAC grade GF I GF Il amp GF II 2 3 Cooling system With reservoir 10 1 8 qt 8 1 2 qt 9 6 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 5 qt 0 8 Differential gear oil API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 4 CVT fluid Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 5 Transfer oil API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in _Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Brake fluid the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 8 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 9 Air conditioning system lubricants EE NG yote Oo ype S or exact equivalent Windshield washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation 2 For additional information see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation 3 For additional information see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number 4 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable
364. the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 ward The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about belt operation see a NISSAN dealer Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement using two separate methods e when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly You can check their operation as follows e grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly for 1 16 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0351A Shoulder belt height adjustment Except for rear center seat The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best suited for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull the release button 4 and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position WARNING e After adjustment
365. the front passenger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost po sition Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to 1 38 Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for details If you must install a booster seat in the front seat follow these steps 1 Move the seat to the rearmost position 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head re straint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjust able head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seat ing position or a different booster seat 4 Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing 5 Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the
366. the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 0 This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories START This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the switch immedi ately It will automatically return to the ON posi tion For important safety information see Ignition switch in the 5 Starting and driving section The ignition switch cannot be turned back to the LOCK position unless the selector lever is in P position It can be turned to only If the ignition switch cannot be turned back to the LOCK position after shifting the selector lever to the P position turn the ignition switch to the ACC position once and turn back to the LOCK position 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the igni tion switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an ex tended period This can discharge the battery SPA2174 Starting the engine When driving the vehicle be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 Securely depress the brake pedal 2 Slowly push the ignition switch in When the Intelligent Key warning light a in the instrument panel comes on in green the ignition switch can be turned 3 Turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion and the engine will be started 4 When the engine starts release the ignition switch WARN
367. the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle for ward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or due to careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driv ing and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If engine related parts such as a muf fler are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs sta bilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could ad versely affect vehicle handling per formance and the VDC OFF indica tor or SLIP indicator or both indica tor lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not standard equipment or are extremely deteriorated the VDC OFF indica tor or SLIP indicator or both indica tor lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher ba
368. tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the se quence illustrated 4 2 O Lower the vehicle completely WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar For models equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the displ
369. ting is com pleted Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an acci dent Shifting e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive Manual shift warmed up mode or any of the desired shift positions e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving Never A WARNING shift to P Park or D Drive while the vehicle is moving rearward These could cause an accident Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine e On slippery roads do not downshift is not running Failure to do so could This may cause a loss of control cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly Starting and driving 5 17 or roll away and result in serious per sonal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch Additionally the selector lever cannot be moved to R Reverse from N Neutral or any D Drive position for about 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position The selector lever can be moved from R Reverse to P Park with the key in the OFF or ACC pos
370. ts should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was mi nor and the belts show no damage SSS0134A and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use dur ing a collision should also be in spected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the re straint manufacturer s inspection in structions and replacement recom mendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are dam aged Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about
371. turn the key to the lock position and hold for about 1 second To stop closing turn the key to the neutral position 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To individually lock the doors move the inside lock knob to the LOCK position 4 then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob up to the UNLOCK position D When locking the door without a key be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle SPA1576A LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the lock unlock switch will lock or unlock all doors driver and front passenger sides To lock the doors push the power door lock switch located on the driver s or front pas senger s 2 armrest to the lock position A with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the LOCK position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle SPA1577A CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locking helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the lever is in t
372. ue to continu ous operation of the vehicle to free a stuck vehicle makes the warning light blink rapidly about twice per second The driving mode may change to 2 wheel drive condition AUTO mode may change to LOCK mode before the warning light blinks This is normal If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immedi ately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn WARNING Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle with two wheels on a two wheel dynamometer and the other two wheels raised Doing so may result Starting and driving 5 27 5 28 Starting and driving PARKING PARKING ON HILLS WARNING e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Failure to do so could cause the ve hicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident e Make sure the selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without de SD1006MA pressing the button at the end of the lever 1 Firmly apply the parking brake WARNING 2 Move the selecto
373. ure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting Compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive pol ishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and caus ing underbody and suspension corrosion Be fore the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS U
374. urned on The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position 4A WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others 2 26 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the light switch is in the paz or Z position and the ignition switch is in the ON position Pushing the control switch A once will change the brightness to the night mode Pushing the control switch 8 once will change the brightness to the day mode To adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights push the control switches Pushing the upper switch A will brighten the lights The lower switch dims the lights Repeatedly pushing the lower switch will turn the lights off TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 4 Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the D position then turn the switch to the p position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position T
375. ved for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch a circuit board and a battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device com plies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device INTELLIGENT KEY CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swal low the battery and removed parts Replace the battery as follows i Release the lock knob at the back of the intelligent key and remove the mechanical key Insert a flat blade screwdriver A wrapped with a cloth into the slit B of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Replace the battery with a new one Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction Recommended bat
376. vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 All wheel drive models CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pat tern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as nec essary Contact a NISSAN dealer Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the vari ous mechanisms o
377. vered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWWEFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the auto mobile manufacturers developed this specifica tion to improve the emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for a NISSAN cannot be readily deter mined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however
378. versal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the i
379. versely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km 9 18 Technical and consumer information Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your ve hicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer will place additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steer ing braking and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification Chart found later in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight e When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the
380. w Wwasner Tuld iisisti saaa 8 14 EEUE E E eer ere E ere ere ae eee errr 8 14 NTT a sas amp g 4 als Renee er eeercr E 8 15 Drive DOIS anenrrne ree err emer eret reece etree eee rer eer 8 16 Spark PUJE sean diaaa 8 16 Replacing spark plUgS sessssssssssssersrsrssnrrensnsnesnsnsnsnrnnsns 8 17 AUE E E E E A 8 17 Windshield wiper bladeS s sssssssssssrsrsresssssrsnsresnsnsnsnsnnsns 8 18 CUT ces scre pace A E T ena E T 8 18 52 6 Fc 6 6 seiras er erer a reerer ye errr er eee ire eter etree 8 18 Rear window wiper blade ececceceeseeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeeees 8 20 Parking brake and brake pedal eeeeeesseeseeeeeeeeees 8 20 Checking parking brake wiscccccssssseccesdenndsenrsneseeeonses 8 20 Checking brake pedal s sssesssssssssnssrsnssrsnssrensnnensnesrenssnns 8 20 Brake Oa siirron 8 21 D S eee T E A E A E EE eee 8 21 Engine COMP AIAMMGT I sassctetcct sto cca sec dereuntoteecetcecarcdscete 8 22 Passenger COmMpartmMent ssssssssssrsrsrerssssrsrsresisnsnsnrnnns 8 23 Battery replacemMent ssssssssrsrsrsrssrsusnsrnnnennsnsnnnnsnnnenennnnnnns 8 24 I CVIOD asperna teense 8 24 intelligent Koy sssrinds 8 25 E o ree ene ern er eee eee 8 27 Meade aeie 8 28 Exterior and interior NQULS cetera cseeccacceccasteemcetcecsredeseeen 8 29 Wheels and reS siiis 8 30 Tire prosto acs eae acer oi 8 30 Tire labe hN Gessica 8 35 Types Of TPC S sis ccctecerscesecenss teesnencesstisansenecaneoteeneacsencceceeinete 8 37 Tire ORAINS ssena
381. while driv ing otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger com partment If you must drive with the lift gate open follow these precau tions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation switch OFF and the fan control at 4 high to circulate the air e If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body camper or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufac turer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the ve hicle Some recreational vehicle ap pliances such as stoves refrigera tors heaters etc may also generate carbon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involv ing damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the converter are burned at high tem peratures to help reduce pollutants WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very h
382. wing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section CAUTION e Special hitches which include frame reinforcements are required for tow ing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genuine NISSAN hitches for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are trailer hitch After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the pas senger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted To reduce the possibility of addi tional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use Tire pressures Safety chain Always use a suitable chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit turning corners Trailer lights CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle bat tery as a direct power source for all available at a NISSAN dealer Do not use axle mounted hitches The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system etc to
383. with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a ve hicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any continuously vari able transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat tow ing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures re fer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the 6 In case of emer gency section of this manual Continuously variable transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehi cle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly Technical and consumer information 9 23 manufacturer s recommendations when using their product 9 24 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparat
384. with the ve hicle Battery life of the Intelligent Key is about 2 years although it varies de pending on the operating conditions When the battery of the Intelligent Key is low the green blinking key warning light goes out about 30 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to ON If the battery runs down replace it with a new one e If the Intelligent Key receives strong signal over an extended period of time the battery of the Intelligent Key could quickly run down Do not place the In telligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer e Because the ignition switch is electroni cally controlled if the vehicle battery is completely discharged when the igni tion switch is in the LOCK position the steering lock cannot be released or the ignition switch cannot be turned not by the mechanical key either e Incase the vehicle battery is completely discharged make sure to recharge the vehicle battery immediately Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Intelligent Key 2 sets Mechanical key metal key 1 2 2 sets Valet key with built in transponder chip 1 Key number plate The mechanical equipped with Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Oa ok key and valet key are 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments System Refer to Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System NVIS keys earlier in this section 2 Mechanical key is included in the Intelligent Key Refer to Operati
385. y For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by in stalling additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses connec Safety seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 tors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain side impact rollover air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system For front seats WARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental a
386. y appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The outside mirror switch located in front of the 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments selector lever will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the switch to right A or left 8 to select the right or left outside mirror then adjust the mirror to the desired position by pushing the button Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Entry exit function e Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and outside mirror will automatically move when the selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward The driver s seat will slide backward when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch knob in the LOCK position The drivers seat will return to the previous position e When the key is inserted into the ignition switch after closing the driver s door or when the driver s door is closed after inserting the key into the ignition switch e When the ignition switch
387. y push the RPT play button again Metal or chrome tape usage The cassette player will be automatically set to high performance play when playing a metal or chrome cassette tape ry TAPE EJECT When this button is pushed with the tape loaded the tape will be ejected When the tape is ejected while it is being played the system will be turned off Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing To insert the disc first push the LOAD button After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the POWER VOL control knob will start the com pact disc 3 1 inches 8 cm diameter discs cannot be used even with an adapter button To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted s
388. y is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the pur chase and use of an additional Intelligent Key contact a NISSAN dealer The LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the Intelli gent Key will not operate when 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments e the Intelligent Key is too far away from the vehicle e the Intelligent Key battery runs down After locking with the Intelligent remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the Intelligent Key ap proach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door The panic alarm will not activate when the mechanical key or the valet key is in the ignition switch a LOCK button UNLOCK button PANIC alarm How to use remote keyless entry system Setting hazard indicator and horn buzzer mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn buzzer mode when you first receive the vehicle The hazard indicator and horn buzzer mode also can be changed with vehicle electronic systems on the monitor See 4 OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and
389. y wheels sesse 7 3 Window washer fluid ssccvintimneinaemmeianinn 8 14 Window s CleaniN Gesse arena ede ee EE Er EE 7 3 Power WINdOWS sssssssesesresssrerererensrrrrenenrnreerennnee 2 37 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 20 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 21 Rear window wiper blade 8 20 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 20 Wiper blade Suare ssiri a 8 18 X Xenon NeEalights ccscscsesceccseeseseeeeseeeeseeseeeeesees 2 22 10 7 MEMO 10 8 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc tane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Techni cal and consumer information section
390. you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments follow these steps WARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH system anchors are obstructed To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint adjust the height of the child re straint LATCH system anchor attachments to the anchor points on the rear seat Insert the anchor attachments into the anchor points If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child re straint later in this section for installation instructions After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT WARNING e Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e After removing a rear seat head re strain
391. your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact a NISSAN dealer Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occu pants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition switch t
392. zle This may clog the nozzle a that could cause improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle un clog it with a needle or small pin Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replace ment is required 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL 3 to 4 notches under depressing force of 44 Ib 196 N Under depressing 4 3 4 in 120 mm force of or more 110 Ib 490 N SDI1391C DIi1020MQ CHECKING PARKING BRAKE CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL From the released position depress the parking With the engine running check the distance brake pedal slowly and firmly and check the between the upper surface of the pedal and the notches between the initial and final positions of metal floor If it is out of the range shown above the pedal If it is out of the range shown above see a NISSAN dealer see a NISSAN dealer Adjustable pedal equipped model The pedal must be in the front most position when checking Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied WARNING See a NISSAN dealer and have it checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have au dible wear indicators When a brake pad re quires replacement it will make a hig

2006 Murano Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents